Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Convex Optimization

556 missions · 337 completed

Missions

Open219Completed337All556
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Convergence of Inertial Dynamics and Algorithms with Asymptotic Vanishing Viscosity 3: For α > 3 and Σ k‖g_k‖ < ∞, the Perturbed Inertial Forward-Backward Iterates Converge Weakly to a MinimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in signal processing, statistics and machine learning take the form min⁡xΦ(x)+Ψ(x)\min_x \Phi(x)+\Psi(x)minx​Φ(x)+Ψ(x), where Ψ\PsiΨ is smooth and Φ\PhiΦ is convex but nonsmooth (a norm, the indicator of a constraint set). The forward-backward method takes a gradient step on Ψ\PsiΨ followed by a proximal step on Φ\PhiΦ. Its accelerated, inertial version — FISTA of Beck and Teboulle, built on Nesterov's method — reaches the rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) for the objective values. In practice the gradient or the proximal step is computed only approximately, so it matters whether the accelerated method survives errors, and whether its iterates converge at all, not only its objective values.

  • 1983–2009. Nesterov introduces the accelerated gradient method with rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2); Güler extends it to proximal steps; Beck and Teboulle publish FISTA (SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2009). Convergence of the FISTA iterates themselves remains open.
  • 2011. Schmidt, Le Roux and Bach show that the O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) value rate of accelerated proximal-gradient methods persists under errors that decay fast enough (NeurIPS 2011).
  • 2014–2015. Su, Boyd and Candès read Nesterov's scheme as a discretization of x¨+αtx˙+∇Φ(x)=0\ddot x+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x+\nabla\Phi(x)=0x¨+tα​x˙+∇Φ(x)=0 (JMLR 2016). Chambolle and Dossal prove weak convergence of the iterates when the inertial coefficient is k−1k+α−1\frac{k-1}{k+\alpha-1}k+α−1k−1​ with α>3\alpha>3α>3, without errors (JOTA 2015).
  • 2015. Attouch, Chbani, Peypouquet and Redont (this source) treat the dynamics and the algorithm together, and prove value rates and weak convergence of the iterates for the version with errors.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space. Let Φ:H→R∪{+∞}\Phi:\mathcal H\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}Φ:H→R∪{+∞} be proper, lower semicontinuous and convex, and let Ψ:H→R\Psi:\mathcal H\to\mathbb RΨ:H→R be convex and continuously differentiable, with gradient ∇Ψ\nabla\Psi∇Ψ Lipschitz continuous with constant LLL. Write Θ=Φ+Ψ\Theta=\Phi+\PsiΘ=Φ+Ψ and S=argmin⁡ΘS=\operatorname{argmin}\ThetaS=argminΘ.

The proximal map of sΦs\PhisΦ (s>0s>0s>0) sends xxx to the unique minimizer of ξ↦Φ(ξ)+12s∥ξ−x∥2\xi\mapsto\Phi(\xi)+\frac1{2s}\|\xi-x\|^2ξ↦Φ(ξ)+2s1​∥ξ−x∥2.

Fix α>0\alpha>0α>0, a step sss with 0<s<1/L0<s<1/L0<s<1/L, and perturbations gk∈Hg_k\in\mathcal Hgk​∈H. The perturbed inertial forward-backward algorithm (55) generates

yk=xk+k−1k+α−1(xk−xk−1),xk+1=prox⁡sΦ(yk−s(∇Ψ(yk)−gk)).y_k=x_k+\frac{k-1}{k+\alpha-1}(x_k-x_{k-1}),\qquad x_{k+1}=\operatorname{prox}_{s\Phi}\big(y_k-s(\nabla\Psi(y_k)-g_k)\big).yk​=xk​+k+α−1k−1​(xk​−xk−1​),xk+1​=proxsΦ​(yk​−s(∇Ψ(yk​)−gk​)).

With gk=0g_k=0gk​=0 and α=3\alpha=3α=3 this is FISTA. The analysis uses zk=k+α−1α−1yk−kα−1xkz_k=\frac{k+\alpha-1}{\alpha-1}y_k-\frac{k}{\alpha-1}x_kzk​=α−1k+α−1​yk​−α−1k​xk​ and, for x∗∈Sx^*\in Sx∗∈S, the energy

G(k)=2sα−1(k+α−2)2(Θ(xk)−Θ(x∗))+(α−1)∥zk−x∗∥2.\mathcal G(k)=\frac{2s}{\alpha-1}(k+\alpha-2)^2\big(\Theta(x_k)-\Theta(x^*)\big)+(\alpha-1)\|z_k-x^*\|^2 .G(k)=α−12s​(k+α−2)2(Θ(xk​)−Θ(x∗))+(α−1)∥zk​−x∗∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

If S≠∅S\neq\emptysetS=∅, α>3\alpha>3α>3, 0<s<1/L0<s<1/L0<s<1/L and ∑kk∥gk∥<+∞\sum_k k\|g_k\|<+\infty∑k​k∥gk​∥<+∞, then

∑kk(Θ(xk)−min⁡Θ)<∞,∑kk∥xk+1−xk∥2<∞,xk⇀xˉ  for some xˉ∈S.\sum_k k\big(\Theta(x_k)-\min\Theta\big)<\infty,\qquad \sum_k k\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|^2<\infty,\qquad x_k\rightharpoonup\bar x\ \text{ for some }\bar x\in S .k∑​k(Θ(xk​)−minΘ)<∞,k∑​k∥xk+1​−xk​∥2<∞,xk​⇀xˉ  for some xˉ∈S.

The goal makes no claim about rates of the iterates and no claim of strong convergence.

Value rate: Theorem 5.1

For α≥3\alpha\ge3α≥3, with an explicit constant CCC depending on x0x_0x0​, y0y_0y0​, x∗x^*x∗ and ∑j(j+α−1)∥gj∥\sum_j(j+\alpha-1)\|g_j\|∑j​(j+α−1)∥gj​∥,

Θ(xk)−min⁡Θ≤C(α−1)2s(k+α−2)2.\Theta(x_k)-\min\Theta\le\frac{C(\alpha-1)}{2s(k+\alpha-2)^2}.Θ(xk​)−minΘ≤2s(k+α−2)2C(α−1)​.

Milestones

The proof's steps, in order: the proximal-gradient inequality (63); the energy step (66); the discrete Gronwall–Bellman Lemma A.9; the bound (68) on ∥zk−x∗∥\|z_k-x^*\|∥zk​−x∗∥; Theorem 5.1; the descent inequality (69); the velocity bound (72); the second-order inequality (80) for hk=12∥xk−x∗∥2h_k=\frac12\|x_k-x^*\|^2hk​=21​∥xk​−x∗∥2; Lemma A.5; Opial's Lemma A.3.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.3 gives convergence of the iterates of a FISTA-type method that tolerates computational error, and summability estimates that are stronger than the O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) value rate: ∑kk(Θ(xk)−min⁡Θ)<∞\sum_k k(\Theta(x_k)-\min\Theta)<\infty∑k​k(Θ(xk​)−minΘ)<∞ implies the rate o(1/k2)o(1/k^2)o(1/k2) along the sequence. The summability condition ∑kk∥gk∥<∞\sum_k k\|g_k\|<\infty∑k​k∥gk​∥<∞ is the discrete counterpart of ∫t∥g(t)∥ dt<∞\int t\|g(t)\|\,dt<\infty∫t∥g(t)∥dt<∞ for the perturbed dynamics, which makes the algorithm a faithful discretization of the continuous model studied in the same paper. For α=3\alpha=3α=3 (FISTA itself) convergence of the iterates was not known when the paper was written.

Formalizing it. The unperturbed case (gk≡0g_k\equiv0gk​≡0) is already on Prove2Me and proved: the weak convergence theorem and the energy, descent and summability facts (namespace NesterovFB), and the proximal-gradient inequality, which this mission reuses as milestone (63). This mission poses the perturbed statements, which no existing item covers: the error terms change the energy step, require boundedness of (zk)(z_k)(zk​) through a Gronwall-type argument, and turn the Fejér-type estimate into an inhomogeneous one. The discrete Gronwall–Bellman and Opial lemmas are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

Without errors the energy G(k)\mathcal G(k)G(k) is nonincreasing and every estimate follows from summing (66). With errors, (66) has the extra term 2s(k+α−1)⟨gk,zk+1−x∗⟩2s(k+\alpha-1)\langle g_k,z_{k+1}-x^*\rangle2s(k+α−1)⟨gk​,zk+1​−x∗⟩, which can only be summed once (zk)(z_k)(zk​) is known to be bounded — and the bound on zkz_kzk​ itself comes from the energy. The circularity is broken only by an implicit quadratic inequality and a discrete Gronwall–Bellman argument; a direct summation fails. The same issue reappears for the velocities, where (71) bounds k2∥xk+1−xk∥2k^2\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|^2k2∥xk+1​−xk​∥2 in terms of itself. Finally, weak convergence needs that lim⁡∥xk−x∗∥\lim\|x_k-x^*\|lim∥xk​−x∗∥ exists for every minimizer; for the inertial scheme ∥xk−x∗∥\|x_k-x^*\|∥xk​−x∗∥ is not monotone, and one must pass through the second-order inequality (80) and Lemma A.5 rather than a Fejér argument.

Formalization scope

H\mathcal HH is a real inner product space, complete; nothing is finite-dimensional, and weak convergence is the published WeakTendsto (⟨xk,v⟩→⟨xˉ,v⟩\langle x_k,v\rangle\to\langle\bar x,v\rangle⟨xk​,v⟩→⟨xˉ,v⟩ for every vvv), not norm convergence. Φ\PhiΦ is EReal-valued with IsProperClosedConvex, and prox⁡sΦ\operatorname{prox}_{s\Phi}proxsΦ​ is a map PPP with IsProx s Φ P (published definitions). Θ\ThetaΘ is the published NesterovFB.Rates.theta Φ Ψ; that definition names its arguments the other way round (nonsmooth first). LLL is a nonnegative real and "0<s<1/L0<s<1/L0<s<1/L" is written 0<s0<s0<s, sL<1sL<1sL<1. The algorithm is the predicate IsPerturbedRun on two sequences x,y:N→Hx,y:\mathbb N\to\mathcal Hx,y:N→H; y0y_0y0​ is free, which covers every value of the unspecified x−1x_{-1}x−1​. Series are Summable statements, sums such as ∑j(j+α−1)∥gj∥\sum_j(j+\alpha-1)\|g_j\|∑j​(j+α−1)∥gj​∥ are tsums used only under the summability hypothesis.

Two printed statements are corrected as their proofs require. In Theorem 5.3 iii) the limit minimizes Φ+Ψ\Phi+\PsiΦ+Ψ (the page says argmin⁡Φ\operatorname{argmin}\PhiargminΦ, the proof applies Opial's lemma with S=argmin⁡(Φ+Ψ)S=\operatorname{argmin}(\Phi+\Psi)S=argmin(Φ+Ψ)). In Theorem 5.1 the constant uses G(0)/(α−1)\sqrt{\mathcal G(0)/(\alpha-1)}G(0)/(α−1)​, the quantity the proof derives, instead of the printed E(0)/(α−1)\sqrt{\mathcal E(0)/(\alpha-1)}E(0)/(α−1)​. Theorem 5.1 and (68) assume Φ(x0)<+∞\Phi(x_0)<+\inftyΦ(x0​)<+∞ so that the constant is a real number; Theorem 5.3 does not.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the step condition is sL<1sL<1sL<1 rather than s<1/Ls<1/Ls<1/L (which is unsatisfiable for L=0L=0L=0 in Lean), and a sorry-free check confirms that Φ=Ψ=0\Phi=\Psi=0Φ=Ψ=0, g=0g=0g=0, P=idP=\mathrm{id}P=id and constant sequences satisfy every hypothesis of the goal, so the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable.

Theorem numbers and pages are those of the Optimization Online preprint 5179 (October 2015), not of the Mathematical Programming typesetting. Welcome contributions: proofs of the appendix lemmas A.3, A.5, A.9 (independent of the algorithm), of (66) and (69) from the referenced inequality (63), and the chain (68) → Theorem 5.1, (72), (80) → Theorem 5.3.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convergence of inertial dynamics and algorithms with asymptotic vanishing damping, Optimization Online preprint 5179, 2015. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/5179.pdf ; published as …asymptotic vanishing viscosity, Math. Program. 168 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-0992-8
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • A. Chambolle, Ch. Dossal, On the convergence of the iterates of the "fast iterative shrinkage/thresholding algorithm", J. Optim. Theory Appl. 166 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-015-0746-4
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method: theory and insights, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17 (2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
  • M. Schmidt, N. Le Roux, F. Bach, Convergence rates of inexact proximal-gradient methods for convex optimization, NeurIPS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2415
  • Z. Opial, Weak convergence of the sequence of successive approximations for nonexpansive mappings, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 73 (1967). https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1967-11761-0
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 2: Normalized Exponentiated Gradient Has Regret at Most log(d)/η + η Σₜ Σᵢ wₜ[i]zₜ[i]² When ηzₜ[i] ≥ −1Research Paper

Motivation

Learning with expert advice and online linear optimization over the probability simplex are the basic models behind boosting, multiplicative-weights methods for linear programming and zero-sum games, and adversarial bandit algorithms. The algorithm that solves them, under the names Weighted Majority, Hedge and Exponentiated Gradient (EG), keeps a probability vector over ddd coordinates and multiplies each weight by e−ηzt[i]e^{-\eta z_t[i]}e−ηzt​[i] after observing the loss vector ztz_tzt​.

  • Littlestone and Warmuth (1994) introduced Weighted Majority for predicting with expert advice (doi:10.1006/inco.1994.1009).
  • Freund and Schapire (1997) analysed the same update as Hedge, for losses in [0,1][0,1][0,1] (doi:10.1006/jcss.1997.1504).
  • Kivinen and Warmuth (1997) introduced Exponentiated Gradient as an online algorithm for linear prediction (doi:10.1006/inco.1996.2612).
  • Beck and Teboulle (2003) identified the update as mirror descent with the entropy on the simplex (doi:10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6).
  • Shalev-Shwartz's survey (2011/2012) derives it as Online Mirror Descent with a normalized-entropy regularizer and proves, by Fenchel duality, a regret bound in which each round contributes a local norm of the loss vector instead of its sup norm (doi:10.1561/2200000018, §2.8).

The local-norm form is the one needed when loss vectors are large on coordinates of small weight, which is the situation of importance-weighted loss estimates in adversarial bandits.

Setting

Fix a dimension d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 and a learning rate η>0\eta > 0η>0. In round t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,… the learner plays a vector wtw_twt​ in the probability simplex S={w∈Rd:w≥0, ∑iw[i]=1}S = \{w \in \mathbb R^d : w \ge 0,\ \sum_i w[i] = 1\}S={w∈Rd:w≥0, ∑i​w[i]=1}, then observes a loss vector zt∈Rdz_t \in \mathbb R^dzt​∈Rd and suffers the linear loss ⟨wt,zt⟩\langle w_t, z_t\rangle⟨wt​,zt​⟩. Write z1:t=z1+⋯+ztz_{1:t} = z_1 + \dots + z_tz1:t​=z1​+⋯+zt​.

Normalized EG starts from w1=(1/d,…,1/d)w_1 = (1/d, \dots, 1/d)w1​=(1/d,…,1/d) and updates

wt+1[i]=wt[i] e−ηzt[i]∑jwt[j] e−ηzt[j],equivalentlywt[i]=e−ηz1:t−1[i]∑je−ηz1:t−1[j].w_{t+1}[i] = \frac{w_t[i]\, e^{-\eta z_t[i]}}{\sum_j w_t[j]\, e^{-\eta z_t[j]}}, \qquad\text{equivalently}\qquad w_t[i] = \frac{e^{-\eta z_{1:t-1}[i]}}{\sum_j e^{-\eta z_{1:t-1}[j]}} .wt+1​[i]=∑j​wt​[j]e−ηzt​[j]wt​[i]e−ηzt​[i]​,equivalentlywt​[i]=∑j​e−ηz1:t−1​[j]e−ηz1:t−1​[i]​.

Its regret against a comparator u∈Su \in Su∈S after TTT rounds is ∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩\sum_{t=1}^T \langle w_t - u, z_t\rangle∑t=1T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩.

The analysis is phrased for general Online Mirror Descent (OMD): given a link function ggg, predict wt=g(−z1:t−1)w_t = g(-z_{1:t-1})wt​=g(−z1:t−1​). For a regularizer RRR on a set SSS (equal to +∞+\infty+∞ off SSS), the Fenchel conjugate is R⋆(θ)=sup⁡w∈S(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w))R^\star(\theta) = \sup_{w\in S} (\langle w,\theta\rangle - R(w))R⋆(θ)=supw∈S​(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w)), and the Bregman divergence of a differentiable FFF is DF(a ∥ b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩D_F(a\,\|\,b) = F(a) - F(b) - \langle \nabla F(b), a - b\rangleDF​(a∥b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩. Normalized EG is OMD with g=∇R⋆g = \nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆ for the normalized entropy R(w)=1η∑iw[i]log⁡w[i]R(w) = \frac1\eta\sum_i w[i]\log w[i]R(w)=η1​∑i​w[i]logw[i] on SSS, whose conjugate is R⋆(θ)=1ηlog⁡∑ieηθ[i]R^\star(\theta) = \frac1\eta\log\sum_i e^{\eta\theta[i]}R⋆(θ)=η1​log∑i​eηθ[i] and whose gradient is the softmax.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.22 (p. 153)

If ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i] \ge -1ηzt​[i]≥−1 for all ttt and iii, then for every TTT and every u∈Su \in Su∈S,

∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤log⁡dη+η∑t=1T∑i=1dwt[i] zt[i]2.\sum_{t=1}^T \langle w_t - u, z_t\rangle \le \frac{\log d}{\eta} + \eta \sum_{t=1}^T \sum_{i=1}^d w_t[i]\, z_t[i]^2 .t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤ηlogd​+ηt=1∑T​i=1∑d​wt​[i]zt​[i]2.

The comparator is unquantified on the page; it ranges over the simplex SSS, the competing set of the normalized-entropy regularizer. The bound fails for uuu outside SSS.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 2.20 (p. 150). OMD with link g=∇R⋆g = \nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆ satisfies, for every u∈Su \in Su∈S,
∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤R(u)−R(w1)+∑t=1TDR⋆(−z1:t ∥ −z1:t−1),\sum_{t=1}^T \langle w_t - u, z_t\rangle \le R(u) - R(w_1) + \sum_{t=1}^T D_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\,\|\,-z_{1:t-1}),t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤R(u)−R(w1​)+t=1∑T​DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​),

with equality for a minimizer of R(u)+∑t⟨u,zt⟩R(u) + \sum_t\langle u, z_t\rangleR(u)+∑t​⟨u,zt​⟩ over SSS. 2. (2.16)–(2.18) (p. 153). For R⋆(θ)=1ηlog⁡∑ieηθ[i]R^\star(\theta) = \frac1\eta\log\sum_i e^{\eta\theta[i]}R⋆(θ)=η1​log∑i​eηθ[i], the gradient is the softmax, wt=∇R⋆(−z1:t−1)w_t = \nabla R^\star(-z_{1:t-1})wt​=∇R⋆(−z1:t−1​), and

DR⋆(−z1:t ∥ −z1:t−1)=1ηlog⁡(∑iwt[i] e−ηzt[i])+⟨wt,zt⟩.D_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\,\|\,-z_{1:t-1}) = \frac1\eta \log\Big(\sum_i w_t[i]\, e^{-\eta z_t[i]}\Big) + \langle w_t, z_t\rangle .DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​)=η1​log(i∑​wt​[i]e−ηzt​[i])+⟨wt​,zt​⟩.
  1. The per-round bound (pp. 153–154). If ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i] \ge -1ηzt​[i]≥−1 for every iii, then DR⋆(−z1:t ∥ −z1:t−1)≤η∑iwt[i] zt[i]2D_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\,\|\,-z_{1:t-1}) \le \eta\sum_i w_t[i]\, z_t[i]^2DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​)≤η∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2.

Significance

The result. Since ∑iwt[i]zt[i]2≤∥zt∥∞2\sum_i w_t[i] z_t[i]^2 \le \|z_t\|_\infty^2∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2≤∥zt​∥∞2​, Theorem 2.22 improves the standard bound log⁡(d)/η+η∑t∥zt∥∞2\log(d)/\eta + \eta\sum_t\|z_t\|_\infty^2log(d)/η+η∑t​∥zt​∥∞2​ of normalized EG. The improvement matters when a coordinate with tiny weight carries a huge loss: the local norm weights that loss by its probability. This is what gives the O(dTlog⁡d)O(\sqrt{dT\log d})O(dTlogd​) regret of Exp3-type bandit algorithms, whose loss estimates are of order 1/wt[i]1/w_t[i]1/wt​[i]. The theorem allows negative losses down to −1/η-1/\eta−1/η, so it also applies to gains and to centred or shifted losses.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the survey; no machine-checked proof of it is known. The platform has a proved Hedge bound for non-negative losses compared with a single expert (Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, Theorem 1.5). It does not imply Theorem 2.22: the latter allows negative losses, and its local-norm term is not invariant under shifting ztz_tzt​ by a constant vector, so the shift that reduces signed losses to non-negative ones changes the bound. Lemma 2.20 is a general duality identity for OMD and is reusable for every OMD instance (Euclidean, ppp-norm, unnormalized entropy).

Difficulty

The obvious argument for Hedge tracks the potential log⁡∑ie−ηz1:t[i]\log\sum_i e^{-\eta z_{1:t}[i]}log∑i​e−ηz1:t​[i] and bounds the one-step increase using e−a≤1−a+a2/2e^{-a} \le 1 - a + a^2/2e−a≤1−a+a2/2 for a≥0a \ge 0a≥0. With negative losses that inequality fails. The weaker form e−a≤1−a+a2e^{-a} \le 1 - a + a^2e−a≤1−a+a2 is valid only for a≥−1a \ge -1a≥−1, which is where the hypothesis ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i] \ge -1ηzt​[i]≥−1 comes from. The bound is also stated against the whole simplex, not against single experts, so the potential argument has to be combined with an entropy bound for a general comparator.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin d → ℝ, with 0 < d and 0 < η. Rounds are numbered from 000 in Lean, so index ttt is the paper's round t+1t+1t+1 and sums over rounds run over Finset.range T.
  • The algorithm is the published definition UnderstandingML.wmWeights η z t (reference item UnderstandingML_Online), which is exactly the closed form of normalized EG for arbitrary real loss vectors; wmWeights η z 0 is the uniform vector w1w_1w1​.
  • The comparator in the goal ranges over the probability simplex (0 ≤ u i, ∑ i, u i = 1). A statement over all u∈Rdu \in \mathbb R^du∈Rd is false, and a statement over vertices only would be the weaker expert bound; both are ruled out.
  • log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm; all its arguments in the statements are positive.
  • Lemma 2.20 is stated on a real Hilbert space EEE with a real-valued RRR and a set SSS. "g=∇R⋆g = \nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆" is three hypotheses: ggg maps into SSS, g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) attains the supremum defining R⋆(θ)R^\star(\theta)R⋆(θ), and R⋆R^\starR⋆ has gradient g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) at θ\thetaθ. Differentiability of R⋆R^\starR⋆ is the paper's consequence of Lemma 2.19, which is cited to the literature and is assumed here. These hypotheses are satisfiable; a sorry-free check on E=RE = \mathbb RE=R with R(w)=w2/2R(w) = w^2/2R(w)=w2/2 accompanies the draft.
  • The Bregman divergence of the log-sum-exp conjugate on Rd\mathbb R^dRd is written with explicit coordinate sums, and its gradient is stated as a Fréchet derivative, because Fin d → ℝ carries the sup norm in Mathlib.
  • The theorem has no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅); all constants are the paper's.
  • Not included: Theorem 2.15 and Corollary 2.16 (the ∥zt∥∞2\|z_t\|_\infty^2∥zt​∥∞2​ bound via strong convexity), Theorem 2.21 (which rests on Lemma 2.19), Theorem 2.23 (unnormalized EG, in the Winnow mission of this series), Theorem 3.1 and Corollary 4.2.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the three milestones and of the goal, and general Mathlib-style lemmas on the gradient of log-sum-exp and on the Fenchel–Young inequality for conjugates defined as suprema over a set.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2), 107–194, 2011 (© 2012). doi:10.1561/2200000018
  • J. Kivinen and M. K. Warmuth, Exponentiated gradient versus gradient descent for linear predictors, Information and Computation 132(1), 1–63, 1997. doi:10.1006/inco.1996.2612
  • Y. Freund and R. E. Schapire, A decision-theoretic generalization of on-line learning and an application to boosting, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 55(1), 119–139, 1997. doi:10.1006/jcss.1997.1504
  • N. Littlestone and M. K. Warmuth, The weighted majority algorithm, Information and Computation 108(2), 212–261, 1994. doi:10.1006/inco.1994.1009
  • A. Beck and M. Teboulle, Mirror descent and nonlinear projected subgradient methods for convex optimization, Operations Research Letters 31(3), 167–175, 2003. doi:10.1016/S0167-6377(02)00231-6
  • E. Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2022. arXiv:1909.05207
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 1: Follow-the-Regularized-Leader with a σ-Strongly-Convex Regularizer Has Regret at Most R(u) − min R + TL²/σResearch Paper

Motivation

Online convex optimization is a repeated game between a learner and an environment. In each round the learner commits to a vector, the environment then reveals a convex loss function, and the learner pays the loss of its vector. No statistical assumption is made about how the losses are generated; they may be chosen adversarially. Performance is measured against the best fixed vector in hindsight. This model underlies online prediction with expert advice, online regression and classification, portfolio selection, and the analysis of stochastic gradient methods through online-to-batch conversion.

Shai Shalev-Shwartz's survey Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2011/2012) organizes most first-order online algorithms around a single template, Follow-the-Regularized-Leader (FoReL), and derives their regret bounds from one theorem: Theorem 2.11 (p. 138). Online gradient descent, the experts algorithm with exponential weights, and the bounds of Sections 2.6–2.8 of the survey are instances of it. This mission formalizes that theorem and the lemmas its proof rests on.

Timeline. Follow-the-Leader goes back to Hannan (1957) and the "be the leader" argument appears in Kalai and Vempala (2005). Regularized variants and their analysis via strong convexity were developed by Shalev-Shwartz and Singer (2007) and by Abernethy, Hazan and Rakhlin (2008); the survey (2011) presents the strong-convexity analysis in the form formalized here.

Setting

Let EEE be a real normed space with norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and S⊆ES \subseteq ES⊆E a set of admissible predictions. Rounds are numbered t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,…. In round ttt the learner predicts wt∈Sw_t \in Swt​∈S, receives a loss function ft:S→Rf_t : S \to \mathbb Rft​:S→R, and suffers ft(wt)f_t(w_t)ft​(wt​). The regret after TTT rounds with respect to a competing vector u∈Su \in Su∈S is (eq. (2.1))

RegretT(u)=∑t=1Tft(wt)−∑t=1Tft(u).\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) = \sum_{t=1}^{T} f_t(w_t) - \sum_{t=1}^{T} f_t(u).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​ft​(wt​)−t=1∑T​ft​(u).

Given a regularization function R:S→RR : S \to \mathbb RR:S→R, Follow-the-Regularized-Leader predicts

wt∈argmin⁡w∈S(∑i=1t−1fi(w)+R(w)),t≥1,w_t \in \operatorname*{argmin}_{w \in S} \Big( \sum_{i=1}^{t-1} f_i(w) + R(w) \Big), \qquad t \ge 1,wt​∈w∈Sargmin​(i=1∑t−1​fi​(w)+R(w)),t≥1,

with ties broken arbitrarily; in particular w1w_1w1​ minimizes RRR over SSS. With R=0R = 0R=0 this is Follow-the-Leader (FTL).

A function fff is LLL-Lipschitz over SSS if ∣f(u)−f(v)∣≤L∥u−v∥|f(u) - f(v)| \le L\|u - v\|∣f(u)−f(v)∣≤L∥u−v∥ for all u,v∈Su, v \in Su,v∈S. A function RRR is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over a convex set SSS if, for all x,y∈Sx, y \in Sx,y∈S and a,b≥0a, b \ge 0a,b≥0 with a+b=1a + b = 1a+b=1,

R(ax+by)≤aR(x)+bR(y)−ab σ2∥x−y∥2.R(a x + b y) \le a R(x) + b R(y) - a b\, \frac{\sigma}{2} \|x - y\|^2 .R(ax+by)≤aR(x)+bR(y)−ab2σ​∥x−y∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.11

Let f1,…,fTf_1, \dots, f_Tf1​,…,fT​ be convex on SSS, with ftf_tft​ LtL_tLt​-Lipschitz over SSS, and let 1T∑t=1TLt2≤L2\frac1T \sum_{t=1}^T L_t^2 \le L^2T1​∑t=1T​Lt2​≤L2. If FoReL is run with a regularizer RRR that is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over SSS (σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0) with respect to the same norm, then for all u∈Su \in Su∈S

RegretT(u)≤R(u)−min⁡v∈SR(v)+TL2σ.\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) \le R(u) - \min_{v \in S} R(v) + \frac{T L^2}{\sigma}.RegretT​(u)≤R(u)−v∈Smin​R(v)+σTL2​.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 125). FTL satisfies RegretT(u)≤∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(wt+1))\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) \le \sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1}))RegretT​(u)≤∑t=1T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)). Already proved on the platform as LogRegretOCO.FTAL.ftl_be_the_leader and referenced here.
  2. Lemma 2.3 (p. 128). For arbitrary ftf_tft​ and RRR, FoReL satisfies
∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(u))≤R(u)−R(w1)+∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)).\sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(u)) \le R(u) - R(w_1) + \sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1})).t=1∑T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(u))≤R(u)−R(w1​)+t=1∑T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)).
  1. Lemma 2.8 (p. 135). If fff is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over SSS and www minimizes fff over SSS, then f(u)−f(w)≥σ2∥u−w∥2f(u) - f(w) \ge \frac{\sigma}{2}\|u - w\|^2f(u)−f(w)≥2σ​∥u−w∥2 for all u∈Su \in Su∈S.
  2. Equation (2.7) (p. 138). Under the hypotheses of Lemma 2.10 without Lipschitzness, σ∥wt−wt+1∥2≤ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)\sigma\|w_t - w_{t+1}\|^2 \le f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1})σ∥wt​−wt+1​∥2≤ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​).
  3. Lemma 2.10 (p. 137). If ftf_tft​ is LtL_tLt​-Lipschitz, then ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)≤Lt∥wt−wt+1∥≤Lt2/σf_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1}) \le L_t\|w_t - w_{t+1}\| \le L_t^2/\sigmaft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)≤Lt​∥wt​−wt+1​∥≤Lt2​/σ.

Significance

Theorem 2.11 is the result from which the survey's concrete regret bounds are read off. With the Euclidean regularizer R(w)=12η∥w∥22R(w) = \frac{1}{2\eta}\|w\|_2^2R(w)=2η1​∥w∥22​ it gives the bound 12η∥u∥22+ηTL2\frac{1}{2\eta}\|u\|_2^2 + \eta T L^22η1​∥u∥22​+ηTL2 of online gradient descent (Corollary 2.12), hence O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​) regret after tuning η\etaη; with the entropic regularizer over the probability simplex and the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm it gives the 2log⁡(d) T\sqrt{2 \log(d)\, T}2log(d)T​-type bounds for prediction with expert advice (Corollaries 2.13–2.14). Through online-to-batch conversion such regret bounds become excess-risk bounds for stochastic optimization.

The survey's proofs are complete, so the formalization adds no new mathematics; it produces machine-checked versions of the FoReL regret theorem, of the stability lemma, and of the quadratic-growth property of strongly convex functions over a general normed space and a general convex constraint set. To our knowledge none of these is in Mathlib. The platform already has the FTL lemma over Rn\mathbb R^nRn (proved) and the special case of Lemma 2.8 with S=ES = ES=E and the Euclidean norm (UnderstandingML.strongly_convex_lemma, part 3); the general statements are new here.

Difficulty

Lemma 2.3 and Lemma 2.1 use different round indexings (FoReL's regularizer plays the role of a round-zero loss), so Lemma 2.1 cannot be applied verbatim. The main obstacle is Lemma 2.8 on a constrained set without differentiability: the obvious argument sets the gradient at the minimizer to zero, which is unavailable when RRR is not differentiable or the minimizer lies on the boundary of SSS. A second point is that the strong convexity of ∑i<tfi+R\sum_{i<t} f_i + R∑i<t​fi​+R must be derived from the convexity of the fif_ifi​ on SSS, not on all of EEE, and from the strong convexity of RRR on SSS.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in the Lean statements:

  • The carrier is an arbitrary real normed space E (NormedAddCommGroup E, NormedSpace ℝ E); no inner product is assumed. Every norm on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, including ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ as used in Corollary 2.14, is an instance. The Lipschitz and the strong-convexity hypotheses use the one norm of E, as the theorem requires ("the same norm").
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn S σ R, the modulus σ2r2\frac{\sigma}{2}r^22σ​r2 form above. The survey's Definition 2.4 is stated with subgradients and a pairing ⟨z,u−w⟩\langle z, u - w\rangle⟨z,u−w⟩; the two agree for convex functions that have subgradients on SSS, and the Mathlib form needs neither a dual space nor subgradients. With this choice Lemma 2.8 is a genuine lemma, not an unfolding of the definition.
  • Losses and regularizer are real-valued functions on E, of which only the values on S matter; convexity is ConvexOn ℝ S. The survey's convention R=∞R = \inftyR=∞ outside SSS is the constraint wt∈Sw_t \in Swt​∈S.
  • Rounds are 1-based; w 0 and f 0 are unused. A FoReL run is a predicate on the whole trajectory (IsFoReLRun), so every tie-breaking rule gives a run, and no argmin is chosen.
  • Convexity and Lipschitzness are assumed for the rounds 1,…,T1, \dots, T1,…,T (Theorem 2.11) or 1,…,t1, \dots, t1,…,t (Lemma 2.10, (2.7)), not for all rounds.
  • min⁡v∈SR(v)\min_{v \in S} R(v)minv∈S​R(v) is written sInf (R '' S). It is attained at w1w_1w1​ whenever a run exists, so it is the true minimum, not a default value. The hypothesis T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 is present only because of the factor 1/T1/T1/T.
  • No O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) appears in any statement of this mission; every bound is the explicit one on the page.
  • Erratum: the proof of Lemma 2.10 ends with "∥wt−wt+1∥≤L/σ\|w_t - w_{t+1}\| \le L/\sigma∥wt​−wt+1​∥≤L/σ", a misprint for Lt/σL_t/\sigmaLt​/σ. The lemma's statement is correct and is formalized as printed, with both inequalities of the chain.

A trivializing formalization would make the run predicate unsatisfiable, so that Theorem 2.11 holds vacuously; the drafted predicate is satisfied by online gradient descent with R(w)=12ηw2R(w) = \frac{1}{2\eta}w^2R(w)=2η1​w2 on R\mathbb RR (Example 2.3), and that regularizer is (1/η)(1/\eta)(1/η)-strongly convex, so the hypotheses of the goal are jointly satisfiable.

Out of scope, and welcome as follow-up work: the derived bounds (Corollaries 2.12–2.14), Theorem 2.15 (which needs dual norms), Lemma 2.9, Corollary 2.2 and the doubling trick. Contributions of general lemmas — strong convexity of a convex plus strongly convex function on a set, quadratic growth at a constrained minimizer — are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2) (2011) 107–194. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000018
  • J. Hannan, Approximation to Bayes risk in repeated play, Contributions to the Theory of Games III, Annals of Mathematics Studies 39 (1957) 97–139. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400882151-006
  • A. Kalai, S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 71(3) (2005) 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Y. Singer, A primal-dual perspective of online learning algorithms, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 115–142. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5014-x
  • J. Abernethy, E. Hazan, A. Rakhlin, Competing in the dark: an efficient algorithm for bandit linear optimization, COLT 2008. https://www.learningtheory.org/colt2008/papers/123-Abernethy.pdf
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 169–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 2: For F Smooth at the Optimum, SGD's Last and Averaged Iterates Attain 2µG²/(λ²T) and 16µG²/(λ²T)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the standard method for minimizing an expected loss F(w)=Ez[ℓ(w,z)]F(w) = \mathbb E_z[\ell(w, z)]F(w)=Ez​[ℓ(w,z)] when only noisy gradients are available: in machine learning, www is a predictor, zzz a random example, and each step uses the gradient of the loss on one fresh example. When FFF is strongly convex, as for regularized learning problems such as the SVM, the minimax-optimal error after TTT oracle calls is of order 1/T1/T1/T. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647, ICML 2012) asked whether plain SGD attains this rate, or whether the O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) bound known for averaged SGD is the truth.

Their §3 settles the case where FFF is in addition smooth at its minimizer: both the last iterate and the average of all iterates attain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), with explicit constants. This mission formalizes that section.

Timeline of the relevant bounds:

  • 2007–2009. Hazan, Agarwal and Kale (doi:10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8) show O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret for online gradient descent on strongly convex losses, which by online-to-batch conversion gives O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) for the averaged SGD iterate.
  • 2009. Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (doi:10.1137/070704277) give an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound for the last iterate when FFF is strongly convex and smooth.
  • 2011. Hazan and Kale (arXiv:1006.2425) obtain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) for strongly convex, possibly non-smooth FFF with a modified algorithm.
  • 2012. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan prove the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds of this mission for SGD under smoothness at the optimum only, show the log⁡T\log TlogT is real for averaged SGD on non-smooth problems, and recover O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) with suffix averaging.

Setting

Let W⊆RdW \subseteq \mathbb R^dW⊆Rd be a closed convex set containing 000, let F:Rd→RF : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb RF:Rd→R, and let DDD be a probability distribution on a measurable space Z\mathcal ZZ.

  • FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on WWW, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0: for all w,w′∈Ww, w' \in Ww,w′∈W and every subgradient ggg of FFF at www, F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+λ2∥w′−w∥2F(w') \ge F(w) + \langle g, w' - w\rangle + \frac{\lambda}{2}\|w' - w\|^2F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+2λ​∥w′−w∥2 (equation (1)).
  • FFF attains its minimum over WWW at w∗∈Ww^* \in Ww∗∈W.
  • A stochastic subgradient oracle is a measurable map g:Rd×Z→Rdg : \mathbb R^d \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb R^dg:Rd×Z→Rd such that, for every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, the mean Ez∼D[g(w,z)]\mathbb E_{z \sim D}[g(w, z)]Ez∼D​[g(w,z)] is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW, and Ez∼D∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_{z\sim D}\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2Ez∼D​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2.
  • FFF is μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗ if
F(w)−F(w∗)≤μ2∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)F(w) - F(w^*) \le \frac{\mu}{2}\|w - w^*\|^2 \qquad \text{for all } w \in W. \tag{2}F(w)−F(w∗)≤2μ​∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)

Projected SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t = 1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) starts at w1=0w_1 = 0w1​=0, draws z1,z2,⋯∼Dz_1, z_2, \dots \sim Dz1​,z2​,⋯∼D independently and sets

wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηt g(wt,zt)),w_{t+1} = \Pi_W\big(w_t - \eta_t\, g(w_t, z_t)\big),wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g(wt​,zt​)),

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. The averaged iterate is wˉT=(w1+⋯+wT)/T\bar w_T = (w_1 + \dots + w_T)/TwˉT​=(w1​+⋯+wT​)/T. In Lean the run is UnderstandingML.sgdStrongIterates lam W g S and the average UnderstandingML.sgdStrongAverage lam W g S, for a sample S : Fin T → Z drawn from UnderstandingML.iidLaw D T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (averaged iterate)

If FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex and μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗, then for every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1

E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)]≤16 μG2λ2T.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T) - F(w^*)\big] \le \frac{16\,\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 T}.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)]≤λ2T16μG2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2. If E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at a point w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, then ∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2\|w - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/\lambda^2∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2.
  2. Lemma 1. For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wT−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wT​−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.
  3. Theorem 1 (last iterate). Under smoothness, E[F(wT)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T)\mathbb E[F(w_T) - F(w^*)] \le 2\mu G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E[F(wT​)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T).
  4. Averaged-iterate distance (App. B.3). For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wˉT−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 32G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.

The constants are the paper's. Theorem 1 is a companion of the goal rather than a step of its proof; both rest on Lemma 1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor in the standard bound for averaged SGD is not needed when FFF grows at most quadratically away from its minimizer. Condition (2) holds for logistic and least-squares regression and, in general, for linear predictors with losses that have Lipschitz-continuous gradients. Together with the paper's Theorem 4, which shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor is unavoidable for averaged SGD on some non-smooth problems, it locates where the extra logarithm comes from. Lemma 1 is the paper's key lemma: an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound on the expected squared distance of the last iterate that needs no smoothness, and it is reused in the paper's suffix-averaging analysis.

Formalizing it. All results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. The platform has UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Theorem 14.11), the classical (ρ2/(2λT))(1+log⁡T)(\rho^2/(2\lambda T))(1 + \log T)(ρ2/(2λT))(1+logT) bound for the same averaged iterate without smoothness. This mission adds the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds under (2), on the same SGD run, together with a reusable expected-distance bound for the projected iterates.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2 is to apply smoothness to each iterate, use Lemma 1, and average: by Jensen, E[F(wˉT)]−F(w∗)≤1T∑t2μG2λ2t\mathbb E[F(\bar w_T)] - F(w^*) \le \frac{1}{T}\sum_t \frac{2\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 t}E[F(wˉT​)]−F(w∗)≤T1​∑t​λ2t2μG2​, which is of order log⁡T/T\log T/TlogT/T. Removing the logarithm requires controlling E∥wˉT−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2 directly, where the iterates are dependent and the cross terms E⟨wˉt−w∗,wt+1−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle \bar w_t - w^*, w_{t+1} - w^*\rangleE⟨wˉt​−w∗,wt+1​−w∗⟩ do not vanish. The resulting recursion is nonlinear in E∥wˉt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_t - w^*\|^2E∥wˉt​−w∗∥2, and an induction with the constant 323232 fails at its first step unless the base case uses the sharper bound of Lemma 2. On the formal side, the expectations are over the product of TTT independent samples, and each one-step argument needs the independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ and the measurability of the projected iterates.

Formalization scope

  • Space. The paper's Hilbert space is specialized to Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm (UnderstandingML.Vec d).
  • Domain. Convex ℝ W, IsClosed W (so the projection exists; tacit in the paper) and 0 ∈ W (the paper's initialization).
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn W lam F with 0 < lam. Combined with relative subgradients, it gives (1).
  • Oracle. OptimalSGD.Suffix.IsSubgradientOracleOn W F D g (the series' shared oracle predicate): for w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, g w is integrable and its mean is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW. Measurable (Function.uncurry g) and a probability measure DDD are assumed. The second-moment bound holds at every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, which is the paper's "regardless of how the iterates evolve".
  • Smoothness is (2) exactly (IsSmoothWrt W F μ wstar), with μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0. It is not a Lipschitz-gradient assumption, and FFF need not be differentiable.
  • Indexing. Iterates are indexed from 000. The paper's wTw_TwT​ is sgdStrongIterates lam W g S (T - 1), and wˉT\bar w_TwˉT​ averages indices 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1. Statements quantify over T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, including T=1T = 1T=1 (wˉ1=w1=0\bar w_1 = w_1 = 0wˉ1​=w1​=0).
  • Expectations. Bounds on ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|^2∥⋅∥2 use the lower Lebesgue integral. Bounds on FFF use the Bochner integral, and the integrability of F(wT)F(w_T)F(wT​) or F(wˉT)F(\bar w_T)F(wˉT​) is part of the conclusion.

A statement whose Bochner integral is not shown to be integrable would hold vacuously, because non-integrable functions integrate to 000; the integrability conjuncts rule this out. The run and the average are the published Understanding Machine Learning definitions, so the bounds here apply to the same object as UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex.

Needed infrastructure: measurability of the projected iterates in the sample, independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ under the product measure, conditional unbiasedness of the oracle along the run, non-expansiveness of the projection (available as UnderstandingML.projection_lemma), and an elementary induction on the scalar recursions. Contributions of these as standalone lemmas are welcome, and they are reusable for mission 1 of this series (suffix averaging) and for other projected-SGD analyses.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011; arXiv:1006.2425. https://arxiv.org/abs/1006.2425
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, §14.4.4. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming II: A Long Step of the Conic Karmarkar Method Lowers the Potential by at Least (‖p‖²/|p|²)(1 − ln 2) ≥ 1 − ln 2Research Paper

Motivation

Karmarkar's projective method (1984) was the first interior-point algorithm for linear programming with a polynomial bound that was also fast in practice. Its analysis rests on a potential function that combines the logarithm of the objective gap with a logarithmic barrier: if every iteration lowers the potential by a fixed constant, then the gap shrinks geometrically. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994, §4.3) carried the method over to general convex cones with self-concordant barriers, but only with short steps, which move a fraction of the way to the boundary of a ball in the local norm.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) introduced self-scaled barriers, the class behind the cones of linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programming. They used it to allow long steps, which go a large fraction of the way to the boundary of the cone itself. Section 7.1 of that paper analyses the Karmarkar method with long steps on a self-scaled cone. It shows that the potential decrease per iteration is at least the absolute constant 1−ln⁡21-\ln 21−ln2, independent of the barrier parameter, as in the linear-programming case. This mission formalizes that analysis.

Timeline:

  • 1984, Karmarkar: projective method for linear programming, with potential decrease per step bounded below by a constant.
  • 1986, Anstreicher: a strengthened acceptance criterion for approximate projections in Karmarkar's algorithm for standard linear programming, containing the result that Lemma 7.1 of the 1997 paper generalizes (p. 28).
  • 1994, Nesterov–Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, §4.3: the extension to self-concordant barriers on general cones, short steps.
  • 1997, Nesterov–Todd: self-scaled barriers and long steps (this paper, Theorem 7.2).

Setting

Let E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, which identifies the dual space E∗E^*E∗ with EEE. Let K⊆EK\subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex cone with nonempty interior that contains no line, and let K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^*=\{s:\langle s,x\rangle\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K} be its dual cone. A ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier F:int⁡K→RF:\operatorname{int}K\to\mathbb RF:intK→R is a self-concordant barrier that is logarithmically homogeneous, F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x)=F(x)-\nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ, and satisfies the two scaling conditions of Definition 2.1 of the paper. F′F'F′ and F′′F''F′′ are its gradient and Hessian.

Two measures of a direction p∈Ep\in Ep∈E at x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK are used:

  • the local norm ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2;
  • the σ-measure σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K}, and the uniform norm ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}|p|_x=\max\{\sigma_x(p),\sigma_x(-p)\}∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}.

The point x−αpx-\alpha px−αp stays in int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK exactly when α σx(p)<1\alpha\,\sigma_x(p)<1ασx​(p)<1.

The problem is in Karmarkar form:

(P)min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Bx=0,  ⟨d,x⟩=1,  x∈K,(P)\qquad\min\ \langle c,x\rangle\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Bx=0,\ \ \langle d,x\rangle=1,\ \ x\in K,(P)min ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Bx=0,  ⟨d,x⟩=1,  x∈K,

with B:E→RmB:E\to\mathbb R^mB:E→Rm linear and surjective and d∈K∗d\in K^*d∈K∗. Its dual is max⁡{ζ:B∗y+dζ+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\zeta: B^*y+d\zeta+s=c,\ s\in K^*\}max{ζ:B∗y+dζ+s=c, s∈K∗}. The standing assumptions are that (P) and the dual have strictly feasible points, and that ⟨c,⋅⟩\langle c,\cdot\rangle⟨c,⋅⟩ is not constant on the feasible set of (P). The optimal value is ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗. The method decreases the potential

Φ(x;ζ)=νln⁡⟨c−ζd,x⟩+F(x),\Phi(x;\zeta)=\nu\ln\langle c-\zeta d,x\rangle+F(x),Φ(x;ζ)=νln⟨c−ζd,x⟩+F(x),

which is homogeneous of degree 000 in xxx.

One iteration starts from a strictly feasible x^\hat xx^ and a lower bound ζ^≤ζ∗\hat\zeta\le\zeta^*ζ^​≤ζ∗:

  1. Put c^=c+⟨c,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat c=c+\frac{\langle c,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)c^=c+ν⟨c,x^⟩​F′(x^) and d^=d+⟨d,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat d=d+\frac{\langle d,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)d^=d+ν⟨d,x^⟩​F′(x^). Let p(c)p(c)p(c), p(d)p(d)p(d) be their projections into ker⁡B\ker BkerB with respect to F′′(x^)F''(\hat x)F′′(x^): Bp(u)=0Bp(u)=0Bp(u)=0 and B∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u^B^*y(u)+F''(\hat x)p(u)=\hat uB∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u^ (7.3).
  2. Put x~(ζ)=⟨c−ζd,x^⟩νx^+p(c)−ζp(d)\tilde x(\zeta)=\frac{\langle c-\zeta d,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}\hat x+p(c)-\zeta p(d)x~(ζ)=ν⟨c−ζd,x^⟩​x^+p(c)−ζp(d) (7.4). If x~(ζ^)∉int⁡K\tilde x(\hat\zeta)\notin\operatorname{int}Kx~(ζ^​)∈/intK, keep ζ+=ζ^\zeta^+=\hat\zetaζ+=ζ^​. Otherwise raise the bound to ζ+=ζ^+1/σx~(ζ^)(p(d)+x^/ν)\zeta^+=\hat\zeta+1/\sigma_{\tilde x(\hat\zeta)}(p(d)+\hat x/\nu)ζ+=ζ^​+1/σx~(ζ^​)​(p(d)+x^/ν) (7.6).
  3. Take the direction p=p(c)−ζ+p(d)p=p(c)-\zeta^+p(d)p=p(c)−ζ+p(d) (7.5) and the new point x+=x^−αpx^+=\hat x-\alpha px+=x^−αp.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2 (p. 28)

For a suitable α>0\alpha>0α>0, the point x+=x^−αpx^+=\hat x-\alpha px+=x^−αp lies in {x∈int⁡K:Bx=0}\{x\in\operatorname{int}K:Bx=0\}{x∈intK:Bx=0} and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2∣p∣x^2(1−ln⁡2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).(7.9)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)\le\Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta)-\frac{\|p\|_{\hat x}^2}{|p|_{\hat x}^2}(1-\ln2)\le\Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta)-(1-\ln2).\qquad(7.9)Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−∣p∣x^2​∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).(7.9)

The goal asserts the existence of the step, not a particular step size, so it does not commit to the step chosen in the proof.

Milestones

  • Lemma 7.1 (p. 27): ζ+≤ζ∗\zeta^+\le\zeta^*ζ+≤ζ∗, and ⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+≤ν σx^(−p)\langle c,\hat x\rangle-\zeta^+\le\nu\,\sigma_{\hat x}(-p)⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+≤νσx^​(−p) (7.7).
  • (7.8) (p. 28): ∥p∥x^2=⟨c−ζ+d,p⟩\|p\|_{\hat x}^2=\langle c-\zeta^+d,p\rangle∥p∥x^2​=⟨c−ζ+d,p⟩.

Companion: Theorem 7.1 (p. 26)

With Kˉ={x∈K:Bx=0, ⟨c,x⟩≤max⁡(⟨c,x0⟩,0)+1, ⟨d,x⟩≤1}\bar K=\{x\in K:Bx=0,\ \langle c,x\rangle\le\max(\langle c,x_0\rangle,0)+1,\ \langle d,x\rangle\le1\}Kˉ={x∈K:Bx=0, ⟨c,x⟩≤max(⟨c,x0​⟩,0)+1, ⟨d,x⟩≤1} and F‾\underline FF​ the minimum of FFF over it: if Φ(x;ζ)≤Φ(x0;ζ0)−Δ\Phi(x;\zeta)\le\Phi(x_0;\zeta_0)-\DeltaΦ(x;ζ)≤Φ(x0​;ζ0​)−Δ with ζ∈[ζ0,ζ∗]\zeta\in[\zeta_0,\zeta^*]ζ∈[ζ0​,ζ∗] and Δ\DeltaΔ large enough, then

⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0) e(F(x0)−F‾)/ν e−Δ/ν.(7.2)\langle c,x\rangle-\zeta\le(\langle c,x_0\rangle-\zeta_0)\,e^{(F(x_0)-\underline F)/\nu}\,e^{-\Delta/\nu}.\qquad(7.2)⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)e(F(x0​)−F​)/νe−Δ/ν.(7.2)

Significance

Theorem 7.2 together with Theorem 7.1 gives the O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(νln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound of the long-step conic Karmarkar method. The decrease constant 1−ln⁡21-\ln21−ln2 does not depend on ν\nuν or on the cone. The finer bound ∥p∥2∣p∣2(1−ln⁡2)\frac{\|p\|^2}{|p|^2}(1-\ln 2)∣p∣2∥p∥2​(1−ln2) can be much larger than 1−ln⁡21-\ln 21−ln2, since ∥p∥x≥∣p∣x\|p\|_x\ge|p|_x∥p∥x​≥∣p∣x​ always holds. This explains why long steps outperform short ones in practice. Lemma 7.1 shows that the lower bound obtained from dual information is valid and tight enough to drive the analysis. The paper presents it as a generalization of a result of Anstreicher (1986) for standard linear programming.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized anywhere. A formal development checks the interplay of the lower-bound update with the σ-measure and the homogeneity of Φ\PhiΦ, which the paper treats briefly. It also records a correction: on p. 27 the paper prints c^=c−⟨c,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat c=c-\frac{\langle c,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)c^=c−ν⟨c,x^⟩​F′(x^) (and likewise d^\hat dd^). The paper's own surrounding identities, in particular ⟨u^,x^⟩=0\langle\hat u,\hat x\rangle=0⟨u^,x^⟩=0 on p. 28, require the sign "+++", and the formalization uses "+++".

Difficulty

The obvious argument bounds the change of FFF along x−αpx-\alpha px−αp with self-concordance in the local norm. That argument only controls steps with α∥p∥x^<1\alpha\|p\|_{\hat x}<1α∥p∥x^​<1, and it gives a decrease that degrades with the step length. The long step goes up to 1/σx^(p)1/\sigma_{\hat x}(p)1/σx^​(p), which can be much larger. Reaching it requires the long-step barrier bound for self-scaled barriers (Theorem 4.2 of the paper, stated in another mission of this series). That bound controls F(x−αp)F(x-\alpha p)F(x−αp) through σx(p)\sigma_x(p)σx​(p) instead of ∥p∥x\|p\|_x∥p∥x​.

The second obstacle is the linear term. The decrease in νln⁡⟨c−ζ+d,⋅⟩\nu\ln\langle c-\zeta^+d,\cdot\rangleνln⟨c−ζ+d,⋅⟩ must be compared with ∥p∥2\|p\|^2∥p∥2, which needs both the identity (7.8) and the gap bound (7.7). The gap bound is the step at which the lower-bound update is essential: without the update, ⟨c,x^⟩−ζ^\langle c,\hat x\rangle-\hat\zeta⟨c,x^⟩−ζ^​ is not bounded by νσx^(−p)\nu\sigma_{\hat x}(-p)νσx^​(−p).

Formalization scope

The Lean development reuses the published self-scaled setting of the series SelfScaledIPM (IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, hess, lnorm, sigma, absn) and ConvexOptimization.dualCone. Conventions:

  • E=E=E= EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with E∗E^*E∗ identified with EEE.
  • F′′F''F′′ is assumed nondegenerate on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK. This follows from the other axioms for a pointed cone.
  • The conjugate barrier is a supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.
  • ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 is a binder. The paper derives it from pointedness on p. 3.
  • ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ is a real infimum, made finite by the strict dual feasibility assumption, which every statement carries. Nonconstancy of the objective is stated as the existence of two feasible points with different objective values.
  • The projections p(c)p(c)p(c), p(d)p(d)p(d) are data satisfying (7.3), not chosen by a selection function. The lower-bound update and the direction are definitions computed from them.
  • The goal adds the conjunct ⟨c−ζ+d,x+⟩>0\langle c-\zeta^+d,x^+\rangle>0⟨c−ζ+d,x+⟩>0, so that the logarithm in Φ(x+;ζ+)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)Φ(x+;ζ+) is genuine. It does not assert ⟨d,x+⟩=1\langle d,x^+\rangle=1⟨d,x+⟩=1, which the paper notes may fail.
  • Identity (7.8) is stated for every real ζ\zetaζ, which contains the page's ζ=ζ+\zeta=\zeta^+ζ=ζ+.
  • F‾\underline FF​ is an infimum over Kˉ∩int⁡K\bar K\cap\operatorname{int}KKˉ∩intK, where the barrier is finite.
  • c^\hat cc^ and d^\hat dd^ carry the corrected sign "+++".

A statement with ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ an arbitrary real, or with ppp an arbitrary vector, would be false or vacuous. The statements here fix both by the page's construction (7.3)–(7.6), and the logarithm in Φ\PhiΦ is guarded by the positivity conjunct.

A proof needs the long-step barrier inequality (Theorem 4.2), the monotonicity facts of Proposition 4.1, K∗=F′′(v)KK^*=F''(v)KK∗=F′′(v)K (Theorem 3.1 (iii)), and ∥p(u)∥w2=⟨u,p(u)⟩\|p(u)\|^2_w=\langle u,p(u)\rangle∥p(u)∥w2​=⟨u,p(u)⟩ (Proposition 6.2). These are milestones of the other missions of this series, and contributions proving them are reusable here. Elementary facts about σ\sigmaσ (positive homogeneity, the boundary characterization x−αp∈∂Kx-\alpha p\in\partial Kx−αp∈∂K at α=1/σx(p)\alpha=1/\sigma_x(p)α=1/σx​(p)) are useful beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984, 373–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
  • K. M. Anstreicher, A strengthened acceptance criterion for approximate projections in Karmarkar's algorithm, Operations Research Letters 5, 1986, 211–214. https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/operations-research-letters/vol/5
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming III: An Affine Potential-Reduction Step Lowers the Potential by at Least 1 − ln 2, and by (‖p‖²/|p|²)(1 − ln 2) When µ ≥ 2νResearch Paper

Motivation

Potential-reduction methods solve a linear or conic program by driving down a single merit function that combines the objective gap with a barrier for the constraint cone. For linear programming the primal version goes back to Karmarkar (1984) and, without Karmarkar's special problem form, to Gonzaga (1990, Math. Programming 49, 7–21), whose method reduces the potential by a constant at every step while updating a lower bound on the optimal value. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) extended such methods to general convex cones with self-concordant barriers, but their analysis only allows short steps: steps confined to a ball of the local norm, which in practice is a small fraction of the way to the boundary.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) singled out the self-scaled cones (the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products) and showed that for them long steps are admissible. This mission formalizes their extension of Gonzaga's method (§7.2 of the paper): a primal potential-reduction step, with a lower-bound update, that decreases the potential by a constant and, when the potential parameter is large enough, by an amount that scales with how far the step can go.

Setting

Let E=RnE = \mathbb R^nE=Rn with its inner product, identified with its dual E∗E^*E∗. Let K⊆EK \subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex pointed cone with nonempty interior, and FFF a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier for KKK: a ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier (F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x) = F(x) - \nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ) such that for all w,x∈int⁡Kw, x \in \operatorname{int} Kw,x∈intK the Hessian satisfies F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x \in \operatorname{int} K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x) = F(x) - 2F(w) - \nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν, where K∗K^*K∗ is the dual cone and F∗F_*F∗​ the conjugate barrier. Here ν≥1\nu \ge 1ν≥1.

The problem is

(P)min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Ax=b, x∈K,(P)\qquad \min\ \langle c, x\rangle \quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax = b,\ x \in K,(P)min ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Ax=b, x∈K,

with A:E→RmA : E \to \mathbb R^mA:E→Rm linear and surjective, and dual (D)(D)(D): max⁡⟨b,y⟩\max \langle b, y\ranglemax⟨b,y⟩ s.t. A∗y+s=cA^*y + s = cA∗y+s=c, s∈K∗s \in K^*s∈K∗. Both have strictly feasible points: S0(P)={x∈int⁡K:Ax=b}S^0(P) = \{x \in \operatorname{int}K : Ax = b\}S0(P)={x∈intK:Ax=b} and S0(D)S^0(D)S0(D) are nonempty, and the objective is not constant on the feasible region of (P)(P)(P). Let ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ be the optimal value.

At x∈int⁡Kx \in \operatorname{int}Kx∈intK the local norm is ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x = \langle F''(x)p, p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2, its dual is ∥u∥x∗=⟨u,[F′′(x)]−1u⟩1/2\|u\|^*_x = \langle u, [F''(x)]^{-1}u\rangle^{1/2}∥u∥x∗​=⟨u,[F′′(x)]−1u⟩1/2, and σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p) = \min\{\beta \ge 0 : \beta x - p \in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K} measures how far one can move from xxx along −p-p−p: the point x−αpx - \alpha px−αp stays in int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK for ασx(p)<1\alpha\sigma_x(p) < 1ασx​(p)<1. The uniform norm is ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}≤∥p∥x|p|_x = \max\{\sigma_x(p), \sigma_x(-p)\} \le \|p\|_x∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}≤∥p∥x​.

For μ>ν\mu > \nuμ>ν and a lower bound ζ≤ζ∗\zeta \le \zeta^*ζ≤ζ∗, the primal potential is

Φ(x;ζ)=μln⁡(⟨c,x⟩−ζ)+F(x).\Phi(x;\zeta) = \mu\ln(\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta) + F(x).Φ(x;ζ)=μln(⟨c,x⟩−ζ)+F(x).

At an iterate x^∈S0(P)\hat x \in S^0(P)x^∈S0(P) with lower bound ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​, let p(c)p(c)p(c) and p(d)p(d)p(d) be the projections of ccc and of d=F′(x^)d = F'(\hat x)d=F′(x^) into ker⁡A\ker AkerA with respect to F′′(x^)F''(\hat x)F′′(x^): Ap(u)=0Ap(u) = 0Ap(u)=0, A∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=uA^*y(u) + F''(\hat x)p(u) = uA∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u. For λ∈R\lambda \in \mathbb Rλ∈R put s~(λ)=F′′(x^)(p(c)+λp(d))−λF′(x^)\tilde s(\lambda) = F''(\hat x)(p(c) + \lambda p(d)) - \lambda F'(\hat x)s~(λ)=F′′(x^)(p(c)+λp(d))−λF′(x^). Whenever s~(λ)∈K∗\tilde s(\lambda) \in K^*s~(λ)∈K∗, the number ⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \langle \tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩ is the value of a feasible dual solution, hence a lower bound on ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗. The updated lower bound ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is the larger of ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​ and the best such bound. Finally λ+=(⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+)/μ\lambda^+ = (\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \zeta^+)/\muλ+=(⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+)/μ and the search direction is p=p(c)+λ+p(d)p = p(c) + \lambda^+ p(d)p=p(c)+λ+p(d), which is λ+\lambda^+λ+ times the projected gradient of Φ(⋅;ζ+)\Phi(\cdot;\zeta^+)Φ(⋅;ζ+). Write p+=σx^(p)p_+ = \sigma_{\hat x}(p)p+​=σx^​(p).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.4 (b), the long step

If μ≥2ν\mu \ge 2\nuμ≥2ν, there is α>0\alpha > 0α>0 with x+=x^−αp∈S0(P)x^+ = \hat x - \alpha p \in S^0(P)x+=x^−αp∈S0(P) and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2(max⁡{p+,∣p∣x^})2(1−ln⁡2)=Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2∣p∣x^2(1−ln⁡2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{(\max\{p_+, |p|_{\hat x}\})^2}(1-\ln 2) = \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{|p|^2_{\hat x}}(1-\ln 2) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - (1-\ln 2).Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(max{p+​,∣p∣x^​})2∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)=Φ(x^;ζ^​)−∣p∣x^2​∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).

Companion: Theorem 7.4 (a), the short step

If μ≥ν+ν\mu \ge \nu + \sqrt\nuμ≥ν+ν​, there is α>0\alpha > 0α>0 with x+=x^−αp∈S0(P)x^+ = \hat x - \alpha p \in S^0(P)x+=x^−αp∈S0(P) and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2(max⁡{p+,∥p∥x^})2(1−ln⁡2)=Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{(\max\{p_+, \|p\|_{\hat x}\})^2}(1-\ln 2) = \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - (1-\ln 2).Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(max{p+​,∥p∥x^​})2∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)=Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).

Milestones

  1. (§7.2, p. 31) The gap ⟨s~(λ),x^⟩=⟨−F′(x^),p(c)⟩+λ((∥F′(x^)∥x^∗)2−∥p(d)∥x^2)\langle\tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle = \langle -F'(\hat x), p(c)\rangle + \lambda\big((\|F'(\hat x)\|^*_{\hat x})^2 - \|p(d)\|^2_{\hat x}\big)⟨s~(λ),x^⟩=⟨−F′(x^),p(c)⟩+λ((∥F′(x^)∥x^∗​)2−∥p(d)∥x^2​) is nondecreasing in λ\lambdaλ.
  2. (Lemma 7.2) If μ≥ν+ν\mu \ge \nu + \sqrt\nuμ≥ν+ν​ then λ+≤∥p∥x^\lambda^+ \le \|p\|_{\hat x}λ+≤∥p∥x^​; if μ≥2ν\mu \ge 2\nuμ≥2ν then λ+≤∣p∣x^\lambda^+ \le |p|_{\hat x}λ+≤∣p∣x^​.

Companion: Theorem 7.3

A total potential decrease Δ>μln⁡(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0)+F(x0)−F‾\Delta > \mu\ln(\langle c, x_0\rangle - \zeta_0) + F(x_0) - \underline FΔ>μln(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)+F(x0​)−F​ from the starting pair (x0,ζ0)(x_0, \zeta_0)(x0​,ζ0​) forces ⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0) e(F(x0)−F‾)/μ e−Δ/μ\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta \le (\langle c, x_0\rangle - \zeta_0)\,e^{(F(x_0) - \underline F)/\mu}\,e^{-\Delta/\mu}⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)e(F(x0​)−F​)/μe−Δ/μ, where F‾\underline FF​ is the minimum of FFF on a bounded truncation Kˉ\bar KKˉ of the homogenized feasible region.

Significance

Theorem 7.4 together with Theorem 7.3 gives an O(μln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\mu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(μln(1/ϵ))-iteration method for conic programming over self-scaled cones that needs only a primal strictly feasible point and a lower bound, and that, for μ=O(ν)\mu = O(\nu)μ=O(ν), matches the complexity of the short-step theory. Part (b) is the substantive claim: the step α\alphaα may go a large fraction of the way to the boundary of KKK (half way when σx^(p)=σx^(−p)\sigma_{\hat x}(p) = \sigma_{\hat x}(-p)σx^​(p)=σx^​(−p)) and the guaranteed decrease (∥p∥x^2/∣p∣x^2)(1−ln⁡2)(\|p\|^2_{\hat x}/|p|^2_{\hat x})(1 - \ln 2)(∥p∥x^2​/∣p∣x^2​)(1−ln2) is typically much larger than 1−ln⁡21 - \ln 21−ln2. This is the property that distinguishes self-scaled barriers from general self-concordant ones, for which only steps inside the local unit ball are controlled.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor the long-step theory of self-scaled barriers on which they rest, is formalized in any proof assistant as far as is known.

Difficulty

The obvious approach bounds F(x^−αp)−F(x^)F(\hat x - \alpha p) - F(\hat x)F(x^−αp)−F(x^) by the self-concordance inequality, which controls FFF only for α∥p∥x^<1\alpha\|p\|_{\hat x} < 1α∥p∥x^​<1; that is the short-step regime and yields at best part (a). Part (b) requires a bound on FFF along −p-p−p valid all the way to α<1/σx^(p)\alpha < 1/\sigma_{\hat x}(p)α<1/σx^​(p), which holds for self-scaled barriers but not for self-concordant ones. The second difficulty is the interplay with the lower-bound update: the decrease of the barrier term must be paid for by the decrease of μln⁡(⟨c,x⟩−ζ+)\mu\ln(\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta^+)μln(⟨c,x⟩−ζ+), and this needs the scaling factor λ+\lambda^+λ+ of the direction to be at most ∣p∣x^|p|_{\hat x}∣p∣x^​, which in turn depends on how ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ was chosen. With an arbitrary admissible lower bound the claim fails.

Formalization scope

EEE, E∗E^*E∗ are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) identified through the inner product, and the problem data are A:Rn→LRmA : \mathbb R^n \to_L \mathbb R^mA:Rn→L​Rm surjective, bbb, ccc. The cone, the barrier, the local norms ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ (lnorm), ∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​ (dnorm), σx\sigma_xσx​ (sigma) and ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ (absn) are the published definitions of the SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep setting; the paper's starred dual norms map to dnorm at a primal point. Nondegeneracy of F′′F''F′′ is part of that barrier definition, and the conjugate barrier is an sSup over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.

Standing assumptions are hypotheses of every statement: surjectivity of AAA (6.1), strict dual feasibility (6.3) (strict primal feasibility follows from the given iterate), the objective not constant on the feasible region, and ν≥1\nu \ge 1ν≥1. The optimal value ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ is the infimum of the objective over the feasible set, finite under these assumptions. The projections (7.12) are given as data satisfying their defining equations. The updated lower bound ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is defined as max⁡(ζ^,sup⁡G)\max(\hat\zeta, \sup G)max(ζ^​,supG), with GGG the set of dual bounds ⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \langle\tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩ over λ\lambdaλ with s~(λ)∈K∗\tilde s(\lambda) \in K^*s~(λ)∈K∗, and ζ+=ζ^\zeta^+ = \hat\zetaζ+=ζ^​ when GGG is empty. Because the gap is nondecreasing in λ\lambdaλ, this equals the paper's value at the minimal admissible λ\lambdaλ. "A suitable value of α\alphaα" is an existential over α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and the conclusion also asserts ⟨c,x+⟩>ζ+\langle c, x^+\rangle > \zeta^+⟨c,x+⟩>ζ+ so that the logarithm in Φ(x+;ζ+)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)Φ(x+;ζ+) is genuine. Kˉ\bar KKˉ and F‾\underline FF​ of Theorem 7.3 are defined explicitly, with F‾\underline FF​ the infimum of FFF over Kˉ∩int⁡K\bar K \cap \operatorname{int}KKˉ∩intK.

A statement in which ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is an arbitrary lower bound above ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​, or ppp an arbitrary vector in ker⁡A\ker AkerA, or α\alphaα arbitrary instead of existentially chosen, would be false; the formalization fixes ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ by (7.17) and ppp by (7.14).

A complete development needs the theory of self-scaled barriers along a line (Theorem 4.2 and Proposition 4.1 of the paper, posed in the sibling mission I of this series), the projection identities (Propositions 6.2–6.3, posed in mission IV), weak conic duality, and the inequalities ⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤ν∥p∥x\langle -F'(x), p\rangle \le \sqrt\nu\|p\|_x⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤ν​∥p∥x​ and ⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤νσx(p)\langle -F'(x), p\rangle \le \nu\sigma_x(p)⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤νσx​(p). These are reusable across self-scaled interior-point methods; proofs of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • C. C. Gonzaga, Polynomial affine algorithms for linear programming, Mathematical Programming 49, 1990, 7–21 (cited as in the paper's reference list).
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984, 373–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming IV: The Predictor-Corrector Path-Following Scheme Keeps π(τ, x) ≤ 1/4 and Multiplies τ by at Least 1 + 3/(8√ν + 2)Research Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods solve linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programs by following a smooth curve through the interior of the feasible region. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) showed that the right object to build such methods on is a self-concordant barrier for the cone, and that the number of Newton steps needed by a path-following method is governed by the barrier parameter ν\nuν. For general cones, however, their analysis of Newton's method only controls a small neighbourhood of the path, so the step in the path parameter must be short.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) singled out the cones that admit a self-scaled barrier: the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices and their products. For these cones the barrier satisfies global, long-range inequalities that general self-concordant barriers do not. Section 9 of the paper uses them to sharpen the classical primal path-following method: Newton's method converges quadratically on the whole region where the proximity measure is below 111 (extending Roos and Vial, 1992), and a predictor-corrector scheme takes a tangent step whose length adapts to the geometry of the cone at the current point.

Setting

Let E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn with its Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩; the dual space E∗E^*E∗ is identified with EEE. Let K⊂EK\subset EK⊂E be a proper cone: closed, convex, containing no line, with nonempty interior int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK. A function F:int⁡K→RF:\operatorname{int}K\to\mathbb RF:intK→R is a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier for KKK if it is a ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier (F(tx)=F(x)−νln⁡tF(tx)=F(x)-\nu\ln tF(tx)=F(x)−νlnt) and, for all w,x∈int⁡Kw,x\in\operatorname{int}Kw,x∈intK, F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x\in\operatorname{int}K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x)=F(x)-2F(w)-\nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν, where F∗F_*F∗​ is the conjugate barrier (Definition 2.1). Then ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1.

At a point x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK the paper uses three measures of a vector p∈Ep\in Ep∈E:

  • the local norm ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2, and for q∈E∗q\in E^*q∈E∗ the dual norm ∥q∥x∗=⟨q,[F′′(x)]−1q⟩1/2\|q\|^*_x=\langle q,[F''(x)]^{-1}q\rangle^{1/2}∥q∥x∗​=⟨q,[F′′(x)]−1q⟩1/2;
  • σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K}, the reciprocal of the largest step from xxx along −p-p−p that stays in KKK;
  • the uniform norm ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}|p|_x=\max\{\sigma_x(p),\sigma_x(-p)\}∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}, which satisfies ∣p∣x≤∥p∥x|p|_x\le\|p\|_x∣p∣x​≤∥p∥x​.

The problem is min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c,x\rangle: Ax=b,\ x\in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K} with A:E→Y=RmA:E\to Y=\mathbb R^mA:E→Y=Rm surjective; S0(P)={x∈int⁡K:Ax=b}S^0(P)=\{x\in\operatorname{int}K:Ax=b\}S0(P)={x∈intK:Ax=b} is the set of strictly feasible points, and the dual problem is assumed strictly feasible. For w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK and u∈E∗u\in E^*u∈E∗ the system

Ap=0,A∗y+F′′(w)p=u(6.4)Ap=0,\qquad A^*y+F''(w)p=u \tag{6.4}Ap=0,A∗y+F′′(w)p=u(6.4)

defines the projection p=p(u)p=p(u)p=p(u) of uuu into ker⁡A\ker AkerA with respect to F′′(w)F''(w)F′′(w).

For τ>0\tau>0τ>0 the penalty function is ψ(τ,x)=τ⟨c,x⟩+F(x)\psi(\tau,x)=\tau\langle c,x\rangle+F(x)ψ(τ,x)=τ⟨c,x⟩+F(x); its minimizers x(τ)x(\tau)x(τ) over S0(P)S^0(P)S0(P) form the central path. The Newton direction p(τ,x)p(\tau,x)p(τ,x) is the projection of τc+F′(x)\tau c+F'(x)τc+F′(x) with respect to F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x), and the proximity measure is π(τ,x)=∥p(τ,x)∥x\pi(\tau,x)=\|p(\tau,x)\|_xπ(τ,x)=∥p(τ,x)∥x​. The tangent direction v(x)v(x)v(x) is the projection of ccc with respect to F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x).

One iteration of the path-following scheme (p. 39) from (τ,x)(\tau,x)(τ,x) with π(τ,x)≤1/4\pi(\tau,x)\le1/4π(τ,x)≤1/4 is:

Δτ=38∣v∣x∥v∥x,z=x−Δτ v,τ+=τ+Δτ,x+=z−p(τ+,z),v=v(x).\Delta\tau=\frac{3}{8\sqrt{|v|_x\|v\|_x}},\quad z=x-\Delta\tau\,v,\quad \tau_+=\tau+\Delta\tau,\quad x_+=z-p(\tau_+,z),\qquad v=v(x).Δτ=8∣v∣x​∥v∥x​​3​,z=x−Δτv,τ+​=τ+Δτ,x+​=z−p(τ+​,z),v=v(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.3

For one iteration of the scheme, with v≠0v\ne0v=0:

z∈int⁡K,x+∈S0(P),π(τ+,x+)≤14,z\in\operatorname{int}K,\qquad x_+\in S^0(P),\qquad \pi(\tau_+,x_+)\le\tfrac14,z∈intK,x+​∈S0(P),π(τ+​,x+​)≤41​, τ+ ≥ (1+38ν+2∥v∥x∣v∣x)τ ≥ (1+38ν+2)τ.\tau_+\ \ge\ \Bigl(1+\frac{3}{8\sqrt\nu+2}\sqrt{\frac{\|v\|_x}{|v|_x}}\Bigr)\tau\ \ge\ \Bigl(1+\frac{3}{8\sqrt\nu+2}\Bigr)\tau .τ+​ ≥ (1+8ν​+23​∣v∣x​∥v∥x​​​)τ ≥ (1+8ν​+23​)τ.

By induction from π(τ0,x0)≤1/4\pi(\tau_0,x_0)\le1/4π(τ0​,x0​)≤1/4, the condition (9.3) holds at every iterate and τk\tau_kτk​ grows geometrically.

Milestones

  • Corollary 3.1: for v,z∈int⁡Kv,z\in\operatorname{int}Kv,z∈intK there is w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK with F′(v)=−F′′(w)zF'(v)=-F''(w)zF′(v)=−F′′(w)z, F′(z)=−F′′(w)vF'(z)=-F''(w)vF′(z)=−F′′(w)v, hence F′(v)−F′(z)=F′′(w)(v−z)F'(v)-F'(z)=F''(w)(v-z)F′(v)−F′(z)=F′′(w)(v−z).
  • Corollary 4.1 (iii): for such www (with F′(v)=−F′′(w)xF'(v)=-F''(w)xF′(v)=−F′′(w)x), σx(v)−1F′′(x)≤F′′(w)≤σv(x)F′′(x)\sigma_x(v)^{-1}F''(x)\le F''(w)\le\sigma_v(x)F''(x)σx​(v)−1F′′(x)≤F′′(w)≤σv​(x)F′′(x).
  • Theorem 4.3: ∥F′(v)−F′(x)−F′′(x)(v−x)∥v∗≤∣v−x∣x ∥v−x∥x\|F'(v)-F'(x)-F''(x)(v-x)\|^*_v\le|v-x|_x\,\|v-x\|_x∥F′(v)−F′(x)−F′′(x)(v−x)∥v∗​≤∣v−x∣x​∥v−x∥x​.
  • Proposition 6.2: ∥p(u)∥w2=⟨u,p(u)⟩\|p(u)\|_w^2=\langle u,p(u)\rangle∥p(u)∥w2​=⟨u,p(u)⟩.
  • Proposition 6.3: ∥p(u)∥w≤∥u−A∗y∥w∗\|p(u)\|_w\le\|u-A^*y\|^*_w∥p(u)∥w​≤∥u−A∗y∥w∗​ for all y∈Yy\in Yy∈Y, with equality only at a minimizer.
  • Theorem 9.2: if π(τ,x)<1\pi(\tau,x)<1π(τ,x)<1, the full Newton step x+=x−p(τ,x)x_+=x-p(\tau,x)x+​=x−p(τ,x) satisfies π(τ,x+)≤∣p∣x π(τ,x)≤π2(τ,x)\pi(\tau,x_+)\le|p|_x\,\pi(\tau,x)\le\pi^2(\tau,x)π(τ,x+​)≤∣p∣x​π(τ,x)≤π2(τ,x).

A companion item, Theorem 9.1, states the decrease of ψ(τ,⋅)\psi(\tau,\cdot)ψ(τ,⋅) along the damped Newton step α=1/(1+σx(p))\alpha=1/(1+\sigma_x(p))α=1/(1+σx​(p)).

Significance

Theorem 9.3 shows that the primal path-following method for self-scaled cones increases the penalty parameter by a factor at least 1+3/(8ν+2)1+3/(8\sqrt\nu+2)1+3/(8ν​+2) per iteration, which yields the O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound, and that the step can be much longer when the ratio ∥v∥x/∣v∣x\|v\|_x/|v|_x∥v∥x​/∣v∣x​ is large. The paper notes that this ratio is the maximal step α∗\alpha^*α∗ along the normalized tangent direction that keeps x±α∗vˉx\pm\alpha^*\bar vx±α∗vˉ in KKK, so the rule is a "large-step" rule in disguise. Theorem 9.2 removes the restriction of the general self-concordant theory, where quadratic convergence of Newton's method is only shown on a smaller neighbourhood, by allowing any point with π(τ,x)<1\pi(\tau,x)<1π(τ,x)<1.

The milestones are general tools for self-scaled barriers. Theorem 4.3 is a global second-order estimate for the gradient, with no restriction on the distance between the two points; Corollary 3.1 is an exact mean-value identity with a single interior intermediate point; Propositions 6.2 and 6.3 are the basic facts about the projections that every algorithm of the paper computes.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The platform has general self-concordant Newton estimates (the contraction λ+≤(λ/(1−λ))2\lambda_+\le(\lambda/(1-\lambda))^2λ+​≤(λ/(1−λ))2 and the damped Newton decrease λ−ln⁡(1+λ)\lambda-\ln(1+\lambda)λ−ln(1+λ)), which use different measures and do not involve σx\sigma_xσx​, ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ or the constraint Ax=bAx=bAx=b.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 9.2 is the standard self-concordance argument, which compares F′′F''F′′ at the new point with F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x) through the local norm ∥p∥x\|p\|_x∥p∥x​ alone. It gives π+≤π2/(1−π)2\pi_+\le\pi^2/(1-\pi)^2π+​≤π2/(1−π)2, which is weaker than the claimed bound and gives nothing near π=1\pi=1π=1. The sharper bound needs estimates that hold only for self-scaled barriers: a second-order remainder for the gradient measured at the new point and controlled by the uniform norm ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ (Theorem 4.3), which in turn requires the intermediate point of Corollary 3.1 and the two-sided Hessian comparison of Corollary 4.1 (iii). These fail for general self-concordant barriers, and they depend on the structure theory of §3 (Theorem 3.2 of the paper).

In Theorem 9.3 the predictor step is long in the local norm, so no estimate based on ∥v∥x\|v\|_x∥v∥x​ alone keeps the predictor point close enough to the central path for one corrector step to restore π≤1/4\pi\le1/4π≤1/4; the constant 3/83/83/8 in Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ is fixed by the page and leaves little slack.

Formalization scope

The development reuses the published setting of the 1998 Nesterov–Todd series: IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, hess, IsPrimalStrict, IsDualStrict, lnorm (∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​), dnorm (∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​), sigma and absn. Its conventions are:

  1. E∗E^*E∗ is identified with E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn through the Euclidean inner product.
  2. Positive definiteness of F′′F''F′′ on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK is part of the barrier definition.
  3. The conjugate is a real supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.
  4. ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 is a hypothesis.

The paper stars dual norms; the 1998 modules do not, so dnorm F x is the paper's ∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​.

New definitions are the projection system (6.4) (IsProjection), the penalty ψ\psiψ, the Newton and tangent systems as predicates on their solutions, and the step size Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ. Solutions of linear systems are always data satisfying these predicates, never chosen by a function. Operator inequalities are written through quadratic forms.

Every theorem of §9 assumes (6.1)–(6.3) (AAA surjective, a strictly feasible dual point), which the paper states on p. 38. Theorems 9.2 and 9.3 are stated for one iteration and state explicitly that the new points are interior, which the scheme presupposes. Theorem 9.3 assumes v(x)≠0v(x)\ne0v(x)=0: when ccc lies in the range of A∗A^*A∗ the objective is constant on the feasible set and Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ is undefined. In Theorem 9.1 the middle bound of (9.1), which divides by σx(p)\sigma_x(p)σx​(p), is stated under σx(p)>0\sigma_x(p)>0σx​(p)>0, and the outer bound in all cases.

A formalization that leaves Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ as a free positive parameter, drops the corrector step, or treats π\piπ as any number at most 1/41/41/4 that is not tied to the Newton system at the new point would state a different, weaker or vacuous theorem. The goal fixes Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ by the formula of p. 39 and bounds ∥p∥x+\|p\|_{x_+}∥p∥x+​​ for every solution of the Newton system at (τ+,x+)(\tau_+,x_+)(τ+​,x+​).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, the structure results they rest on (existence of the scaling point, Theorem 3.2; the Hessian bounds of Theorem 4.1), and reusable lemmas on σx\sigma_xσx​ and the uniform norm, which also serve the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1) (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2) (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • C. Roos and J.-Ph. Vial, A polynomial method of approximate centers for linear programming, Mathematical Programming 54 (1992) 295–305.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 1: SGD with α-Suffix Averaging Attains E[F(w̄ᵅ_T)] − F(w*) ≤ (2 + 2.5 log(1/(1−α)))G²/(αλT)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the default method for minimizing an expected loss F(w)=Ez[ℓ(w,z)]F(w)=\mathbb E_z[\ell(w,z)]F(w)=Ez​[ℓ(w,z)] when only noisy gradients are available, which is the situation of nearly every large-scale learning problem. When FFF is strongly convex (for instance, any convex loss with an ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ regularizer), information-theoretic lower bounds show that no method using TTT noisy gradients can guarantee an error better than order 1/T1/T1/T, and some algorithms achieve this rate.

For plain SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t=1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) and the standard averaged output, however, the classical analysis gives only O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T). Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647, ICML 2012) showed that the logarithm is real for full averaging on non-smooth problems, and that a minimal change to the output, averaging only the last fraction α\alphaα of the iterates, restores the optimal O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) rate. This mission formalizes that positive result, the paper's main theorem.

Timeline of the relevant results:

  • 2007. Hazan, Agarwal and Kale (Machine Learning 69) prove an O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret bound for online gradient descent on strongly convex losses, which by online-to-batch conversion gives O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) for averaged SGD.
  • 2009. Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (SIAM J. Optim. 19) show an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) rate for the last SGD iterate when FFF is in addition smooth.
  • 2011. Hazan and Kale (COLT 2011) obtain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) for non-smooth strongly convex problems with a different, epoch-based algorithm.
  • 2012. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan prove that SGD with full averaging can suffer Ω(log⁡T/T)\Omega(\log T/T)Ω(logT/T), and that α-suffix averaging achieves O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) (Theorem 5).

Setting

Let W⊆RdW\subseteq\mathbb R^dW⊆Rd be a closed convex set containing 000, and let F:Rd→RF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb RF:Rd→R. The function FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on WWW (λ>0\lambda>0λ>0) if

F(θx+(1−θ)y)≤θF(x)+(1−θ)F(y)−λ2θ(1−θ)∥x−y∥2(x,y∈W, θ∈[0,1]).F(\theta x+(1-\theta)y)\le\theta F(x)+(1-\theta)F(y)-\tfrac\lambda2\theta(1-\theta)\|x-y\|^2\qquad(x,y\in W,\ \theta\in[0,1]).F(θx+(1−θ)y)≤θF(x)+(1−θ)F(y)−2λ​θ(1−θ)∥x−y∥2(x,y∈W, θ∈[0,1]).

A point w∗∈Ww^*\in Ww∗∈W is a minimizer of FFF over WWW.

Information about FFF comes from a stochastic gradient oracle g(w,z)g(w,z)g(w,z): at a query point www, a sample z∼Dz\sim Dz∼D is drawn and g^=g(w,z)\hat g=g(w,z)g^​=g(w,z) is returned. The oracle is unbiased in the sense that its mean gˉ(w)=Ez∼D g(w,z)\bar g(w)=\mathbb E_{z\sim D}\,g(w,z)gˉ​(w)=Ez∼D​g(w,z) is a subgradient of FFF relative to WWW: F(u)≥F(w)+⟨u−w,gˉ(w)⟩F(u)\ge F(w)+\langle u-w,\bar g(w)\rangleF(u)≥F(w)+⟨u−w,gˉ​(w)⟩ for all u∈Wu\in Wu∈W. Its second moment is bounded: Ez∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_z\|g(w,z)\|^2\le G^2Ez​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at every w∈Ww\in Ww∈W.

Projected SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t=1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) runs on an i.i.d. sample z1,…,zT∼Dz_1,\dots,z_T\sim Dz1​,…,zT​∼D:

w1=0,wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηt g(wt,zt)),w_1=0,\qquad w_{t+1}=\Pi_W\big(w_t-\eta_t\,g(w_t,z_t)\big),w1​=0,wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g(wt​,zt​)),

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. For α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) with (1−α)T(1-\alpha)T(1−α)T an integer, the α-suffix average is

wˉTα=w(1−α)T+1+⋯+wTαT.\bar w^\alpha_T=\frac{w_{(1-\alpha)T+1}+\dots+w_T}{\alpha T}.wˉTα​=αTw(1−α)T+1​+⋯+wT​​.

In Lean the iterates are UnderstandingML.sgdStrongIterates lam W g S, the oracle mean is oracleMean D g, the suffix average is suffixAverage lam W g S k with k=(1−α)Tk=(1-\alpha)Tk=(1−α)T, and expectations are integrals against the product law UnderstandingML.iidLaw D T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

E[F(wˉTα)−F(w∗)] ≤ 2+2.5log⁡11−αα⋅G2λT,\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w^\alpha_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \le\ \frac{2+2.5\log\frac1{1-\alpha}}{\alpha}\cdot\frac{G^2}{\lambda T},E[F(wˉTα​)−F(w∗)] ≤ α2+2.5log1−α1​​⋅λTG2​,

together with the finiteness of E F(wˉTα)\mathbb E\,F(\bar w^\alpha_T)EF(wˉTα​). The constants are the paper's.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 12): Ez∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_z\|g(w,z)\|^2\le G^2Ez​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at w∈Ww\in Ww∈W implies ∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2\|w-w^*\|^2\le 4G^2/\lambda^2∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2.
  2. Lemma 1 (p. 4): E∥wt−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2t)\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2\le 4G^2/(\lambda^2t)E∥wt​−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2t) for every t≥1t\ge1t≥1.
  3. (3) (p. 6): ∑t=k+1TE⟨gt,wt−w∗⟩≤∑t=k+1TηtG22+∑t=k+1TE∥wt−w∗∥2−E∥wt+1−w∗∥22ηt\sum_{t=k+1}^T\mathbb E\langle g_t,w_t-w^*\rangle\le\sum_{t=k+1}^T\frac{\eta_tG^2}2+\sum_{t=k+1}^T\frac{\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2-\mathbb E\|w_{t+1}-w^*\|^2}{2\eta_t}∑t=k+1T​E⟨gt​,wt​−w∗⟩≤∑t=k+1T​2ηt​G2​+∑t=k+1T​2ηt​E∥wt​−w∗∥2−E∥wt+1​−w∗∥2​.
  4. App. B.6, convexity display (p. 18): ∑tE⟨gt,wt−w∗⟩≥∑tE[F(wt)−F(w∗)]≥αT E[F(wˉTα)−F(w∗)]\sum_{t}\mathbb E\langle g_t,w_t-w^*\rangle\ge\sum_t\mathbb E[F(w_t)-F(w^*)]\ge\alpha T\,\mathbb E[F(\bar w^\alpha_T)-F(w^*)]∑t​E⟨gt​,wt​−w∗⟩≥∑t​E[F(wt​)−F(w∗)]≥αTE[F(wˉTα​)−F(w∗)].
  5. App. B.6, penultimate bound (p. 18): E[F(wˉTα)−F(w∗)]≤2G2αTλ(1+H)+G22αTλH\mathbb E[F(\bar w^\alpha_T)-F(w^*)]\le\frac{2G^2}{\alpha T\lambda}(1+H)+\frac{G^2}{2\alpha T\lambda}HE[F(wˉTα​)−F(w∗)]≤αTλ2G2​(1+H)+2αTλG2​H with H=∑t=(1−α)T+1T1/tH=\sum_{t=(1-\alpha)T+1}^T 1/tH=∑t=(1−α)T+1T​1/t.
  6. App. B.6, harmonic bound (p. 18): H≤log⁡11−αH\le\log\frac1{1-\alpha}H≤log1−α1​.

Significance

Theorem 5 shows that the suboptimal log⁡T\log TlogT factor of averaged SGD on non-smooth strongly convex problems is an artifact of which iterates are averaged, not of the gradient steps themselves: the same iterates, averaged over a constant fraction at the end, reach the minimax-optimal O(G2/(λT))O(G^2/(\lambda T))O(G2/(λT)) rate up to constants. This matches Hazan and Kale's guarantee with an unmodified algorithm, and the same paper's lower bound shows that full averaging cannot match it.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is formalized. The platform holds the Understanding Machine Learning SGD model and its O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) bound for full averaging (UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex), but no O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) rate for SGD on a non-smooth objective. The mission produces a machine-checked proof of Theorem 5 with its explicit constants and, along the way, of Lemma 1 (the O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) mean-square convergence of the last iterate), which is reused by every O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) analysis of SGD with step sizes 1/(λt)1/(\lambda t)1/(λt), including the paper's smooth-case Theorems 1 and 2.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, the online-gradient-descent regret bound summed over all rounds and divided by TTT, produces ∑t≤TηtG2≈G2log⁡T/λ\sum_{t\le T}\eta_t G^2\approx G^2\log T/\lambda∑t≤T​ηt​G2≈G2logT/λ and so cannot avoid the logarithm. Discarding early iterates does not by itself help: the resulting bound depends on the distance E∥wt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2E∥wt​−w∗∥2 of the iterate at which the suffix starts, at the scale 1/t1/t1/t, and the regret analysis says nothing about individual iterates of a non-smooth problem.

The formal difficulties are probabilistic. The iterates are random vectors built by composing a measurable oracle with a projection defined by choice; conditioning on the past to evaluate E⟨g(wt,zt),wt−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle g(w_t,z_t),w_t-w^*\rangleE⟨g(wt​,zt​),wt​−w∗⟩ requires the product structure of the sample; and every expectation must be shown finite, including that of F(wˉTα)F(\bar w^\alpha_T)F(wˉTα​) with FFF not assumed measurable.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product (UnderstandingML.Vec d); the paper allows any Hilbert space.
  • Domain. W closed and convex with 0 ∈ W (the paper's w1=0∈Ww_1=0\in Ww1​=0∈W; closedness makes ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ well defined).
  • Strong convexity. Mathlib's StrongConvexOn W lam F with modulus λ2∥x−y∥2\frac\lambda2\|x-y\|^22λ​∥x−y∥2, equivalent to the paper's (1) when subgradients relative to WWW exist at every point, which the oracle provides.
  • Oracle. IsSubgradientOracleOn W F D g: for w∈Ww\in Ww∈W, g(w,⋅)g(w,\cdot)g(w,⋅) is integrable and its mean is a subgradient of FFF relative to WWW. The oracle is jointly measurable and DDD is a probability measure. The subgradient condition is not global: FFF is only assumed convex on WWW.
  • Second moment. ∫−∥g(w,z)∥2 dD≤G2\int^{-}\|g(w,z)\|^2\,dD\le G^2∫−∥g(w,z)∥2dD≤G2 at every w∈Ww\in Ww∈W (the paper's "regardless of how the iterates evolve"). Theorem 5's statement on p. 6 prints E∥g^t∥2≤G\mathbb E\|\hat g_t\|^2\le GE∥g^​t​∥2≤G; the standing assumption on p. 3 and the proof use G2G^2G2, which is what is formalized.
  • Indices. sgdStrongIterates … t is the paper's wt+1w_{t+1}wt+1​; the suffix average runs over indices k,…,T−1k,\dots,T-1k,…,T−1, k=(1−α)Tk=(1-\alpha)Tk=(1−α)T, passed as a natural number with (k:R)=(1−α)T(k:\mathbb R)=(1-\alpha)T(k:R)=(1−α)T, which encodes that αT\alpha TαT and (1−α)T(1-\alpha)T(1−α)T are integers.
  • Logarithm. Real.log, the natural logarithm.
  • Expectations. Every Bochner integral in a conclusion is accompanied by an integrability conjunct, and nonnegative quantities in Lemma 1 are lower Lebesgue integrals, so no bound holds through Lean's default value 000 for non-integrable functions. The bounds are stated for the expectation over S∼DTS\sim D^TS∼DT; a pathwise version, or one in which g^\hat gg^​ itself (rather than its mean) is a subgradient, would be a different and false or easier theorem.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: measurability of the projected iterates in the sample, the one-step conditional-expectation identity E⟨g(wt,zt),wt−w∗⟩=E⟨gˉ(wt),wt−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle g(w_t,z_t),w_t-w^*\rangle=\mathbb E\langle\bar g(w_t),w_t-w^*\rangleE⟨g(wt​,zt​),wt​−w∗⟩=E⟨gˉ​(wt​),wt​−w∗⟩ for the product law, and the integral comparison ∑t=k+1T1/t≤log⁡(T/k)\sum_{t=k+1}^T 1/t\le\log(T/k)∑t=k+1T​1/t≤log(T/k). The first two are reusable for the companion missions on the same paper and for any SGD analysis built on sgdStrongIterates. Proofs of any milestone, and of reusable lemmas about iidLaw and sgdStrongIterates, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 169–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v19/hazan11a.html
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19 (2009) 1574–1609. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Ch. 14. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 3: SGD with Full Averaging Suffers an Ω(log(T)/T) Rate on a Non-Smooth Strongly Convex ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the standard first-order method for stochastic convex optimization and for training linear predictors on large data sets: at each step it queries a noisy subgradient of the objective, takes a step against it and projects back onto the feasible set. When the objective is strongly convex, the classical online-learning analysis of SGD with step sizes ηt=Θ(1/t)\eta_t=\Theta(1/t)ηt​=Θ(1/t) bounds the expected suboptimality of the averaged iterate wˉT=1T(w1+⋯+wT)\bar w_T=\frac1T(w_1+\dots+w_T)wˉT​=T1​(w1​+⋯+wT​) by O(log⁡(T)/T)O(\log(T)/T)O(log(T)/T) (Hazan, Agarwal, Kale 2007). The information-theoretically optimal rate for this problem class is O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and it is attained by other algorithms (Hazan, Kale 2011; Juditsky, Nesterov 2010).

This left a concrete question: is the logarithmic factor an artifact of the analysis, or a property of SGD with averaging? Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647v7, ICML 2012) answer it by exhibiting strongly convex problems on which averaged SGD provably loses the logarithm. The same paper shows that for objectives that are smooth at the optimum the averaged iterate attains O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and that averaging only a suffix of the iterates restores O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) in general. This mission is the lower-bound half of that picture; the two upper bounds are sibling missions of the same series.

Setting

Points live in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, d≥1d\ge1d≥1, with the Euclidean norm; for a point www, w1w_1w1​ denotes its first coordinate. A stochastic gradient oracle for an objective FFF returns, at a query point wtw_twt​, a random vector g^t\hat g_tg^​t​ whose mean is a subgradient of FFF at wtw_twt​. Projected SGD on a domain WWW with step sizes ηt=c/t\eta_t=c/tηt​=c/t, c>0c>0c>0, starts at a point w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W and sets

wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηtg^t),t=1,2,…,w_{t+1}=\Pi_W\big(w_t-\eta_t\hat g_t\big),\qquad t=1,2,\dots,wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g^​t​),t=1,2,…,

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. The output studied here is the average wˉT=1T(w1+⋯+wT)\bar w_T=\frac1T(w_1+\dots+w_T)wˉT​=T1​(w1​+⋯+wT​). Throughout, Z1,Z2,…Z_1,Z_2,\dotsZ1​,Z2​,… are independent random variables, each uniformly distributed on [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3].

Example A. W=[0,1]dW=[0,1]^dW=[0,1]d, F(w)=12∥w∥2+w1F(w)=\tfrac12\|w\|^2+w_1F(w)=21​∥w∥2+w1​, and the oracle returns g^t=wt+(Zt,0,…,0)\hat g_t=w_t+(Z_t,0,\dots,0)g^​t​=wt​+(Zt​,0,…,0). The global minimum over WWW is at w∗=0w^*=0w∗=0, a corner of the box.

Example B. W=[−1,1]dW=[-1,1]^dW=[−1,1]d and

F(w)=12∥w∥2+{w1w1≥0−7w1w1<0,g^t=wt+{(Zt,0,…,0)wt,1≥0(−7,0,…,0)wt,1<0.F(w)=\tfrac12\|w\|^2+\begin{cases}w_1&w_1\ge0\\-7w_1&w_1<0,\end{cases}\qquad \hat g_t=w_t+\begin{cases}(Z_t,0,\dots,0)&w_{t,1}\ge0\\(-7,0,\dots,0)&w_{t,1}<0.\end{cases}F(w)=21​∥w∥2+{w1​−7w1​​w1​≥0w1​<0,​g^​t​=wt​+{(Zt​,0,…,0)(−7,0,…,0)​wt,1​≥0wt,1​<0.​

Here FFF is 111-strongly convex and non-smooth along the hyperplane w1=0w_1=0w1​=0, and its minimizer w∗=0w^*=0w∗=0 lies in the interior of WWW. The oracle is state-dependent: which branch it uses depends on the sign of the first coordinate of the query point. In both examples E[g^t]\mathbb E[\hat g_t]E[g^​t​] is a subgradient of FFF at wtw_twt​ and E∥g^t∥2\mathbb E\|\hat g_t\|^2E∥g^​t​∥2 is bounded for fixed ddd.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 5)

In Example B, for every c>0c>0c>0, every starting point w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W with w1,1≥0w_{1,1}\ge0w1,1​≥0, T0=max⁡{2,6c+1}T_0=\max\{2,6c+1\}T0​=max{2,6c+1} and every integer T≥T0+2T\ge T_0+2T≥T0​+2,

E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)] ≥ 3c16T∑t=T0+2T1t−T0T.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \ge\ \frac{3c}{16T}\sum_{t=T_0+2}^{T}\frac1t-\frac{T_0}{T}.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)] ≥ 16T3c​t=T0​+2∑T​t1​−TT0​​.

For fixed ccc this is Ω(log⁡(T)/T)\Omega(\log(T)/T)Ω(log(T)/T). The goal is the paper's statement with its constants.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3 (p. 5). In Example A, for every c>0c>0c>0, every w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W, T0=max⁡{2,c/2}T_0=\max\{2,c/2\}T0​=max{2,c/2} and every integer T≥T0+1T\ge T_0+1T≥T0​+1,
E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)] ≥ c16T∑t=T0T−11t.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \ge\ \frac{c}{16T}\sum_{t=T_0}^{T-1}\frac1t.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)] ≥ 16Tc​t=T0​∑T−1​t1​.
  1. Eq. (9) (p. 16). The pathwise recursion of the first coordinate in Example B:
wt+1,1=Π[−1,1]((1−ct)wt,1−{Zt c/twt,1≥0−7c/twt,1<0).w_{t+1,1}=\Pi_{[-1,1]}\Big(\big(1-\tfrac ct\big)w_{t,1}-\begin{cases}Z_t\,c/t&w_{t,1}\ge0\\-7c/t&w_{t,1}<0\end{cases}\Big).wt+1,1​=Π[−1,1]​((1−tc​)wt,1​−{Zt​c/t−7c/t​wt,1​≥0wt,1​<0​).
  1. App. B.5, p. 17. In Example B, whenever c/t<1c/t<1c/t<1,
Pr⁡(wt,1∉[0,c/t] ∣ wt−1,1≥0) ≥ 34.\Pr\big(w_{t,1}\notin[0,c/t]\ \big|\ w_{t-1,1}\ge0\big)\ \ge\ \tfrac34 .Pr(wt,1​∈/[0,c/t] ​ wt−1,1​≥0) ≥ 43​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 shows that the O(log⁡(T)/T)O(\log(T)/T)O(log(T)/T) guarantee for SGD with full averaging is tight up to constants on strongly convex problems, even when the optimum is interior. It separates SGD with averaging from algorithms that reach O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and it is the reason the paper introduces α\alphaα-suffix averaging. It also explains why smoothness at the optimum (the paper's §3) matters: Example B is non-smooth exactly at w∗w^*w∗.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but, as far as the platform's index shows, has no machine-checked proof. Formalization adds a verified lower bound with explicit constants. It also settles the paper's own argument. The printed proof of Theorem 4 relies on Lemma 4 (p. 16), whose first claim uses Zt≥−1Z_t\ge-1Zt​≥−1 where the recursion subtracts (c/t)Zt(c/t)Z_t(c/t)Zt​ with ZtZ_tZt​ up to 333, so Lemma 4 fails with positive probability. Theorem 4 is believed true, but a complete proof needs a repaired argument. Theorem 3's printed proof uses ηt≤1\eta_t\le1ηt​≤1 in step (8), while t≥T0t\ge T_0t≥T0​ only gives ηt≤2\eta_t\le2ηt​≤2. Numerical checks of Theorem 3 itself found no violation.

Difficulty

An expectation lower bound on the average needs control of every iterate wtw_twt​, not just of the last one, and the iterates form a non-linear Markov chain because of the projection and, in Example B, because of the state-dependent oracle. Upper-bound techniques do not transfer: they bound E∥wt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2E∥wt​−w∗∥2 from above, which says nothing about the sign of wt,1w_{t,1}wt,1​. In Example B, the natural first idea is to argue that wt,1w_{t,1}wt,1​ never stays negative, so that it behaves like the constrained Example A; this is the claim of the paper's Lemma 4, and as stated it does not hold, because a single noise draw near 333 can push the first coordinate below the level the lemma asserts. A proof must handle that event with explicit constants and still produce the T0/TT_0/TT0​/T slack of the statement.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is UnderstandingML.Vec d = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with [NeZero d]; the paper's first coordinate is index 0.
  • Projection. ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ onto the box [lo,hi]d[lo,hi]^d[lo,hi]d is coordinatewise clamping vi↦max⁡{lo,min⁡{hi,vi}}v_i\mapsto\max\{lo,\min\{hi,v_i\}\}vi​↦max{lo,min{hi,vi​}}, which is the Euclidean projection onto the box.
  • Indexing. sgdRun … k is the paper's wk+1w_{k+1}wk+1​; the step at index kkk uses ηk+1=c/(k+1)\eta_{k+1}=c/(k+1)ηk+1​=c/(k+1) and the noise value ZZZ at index kkk. The starting point is arbitrary (not 000), as in Theorems 3–4.
  • Noise. Each ZtZ_tZt​ has law ProbabilityTheory.cond volume (Set.Icc (-1) 3) (uniform on [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3]); a horizon-TTT sequence has the product law UnderstandingML.iidLaw. Expectations are Bochner integrals over it.
  • Constants and ranges. c>0c>0c>0 is the only condition on ccc. T0T_0T0​ is real; TTT is a natural number; ∑t=T0T−1\sum_{t=T_0}^{T-1}∑t=T0​T−1​ is over the integers ⌈T0⌉≤t≤T−1\lceil T_0\rceil\le t\le T-1⌈T0​⌉≤t≤T−1, and ∑t=T0+2T\sum_{t=T_0+2}^{T}∑t=T0​+2T​ over ⌈T0⌉+2≤t≤T\lceil T_0\rceil+2\le t\le T⌈T0​⌉+2≤t≤T. F(w∗)F(w^*)F(w∗) is written F(0)F(0)F(0).
  • No junk integrals. Theorems 3 and 4 also assert integrability of F(wˉT)−F(0)F(\bar w_T)-F(0)F(wˉT​)−F(0), so the inequality cannot hold because an integral defaulted to 000. The probability milestone is stated multiplicatively, Pr⁡(A∩B)≥34Pr⁡(B)\Pr(A\cap B)\ge\frac34\Pr(B)Pr(A∩B)≥43​Pr(B), rather than through ProbabilityTheory.cond, which would be the zero measure on a null conditioning event.
  • Not trivializable. The examples (the constant 777, the noise interval [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3], the boxes [0,1]d[0,1]^d[0,1]d, [−1,1]d[-1,1]^d[−1,1]d) are fixed by the paper; replacing the oracle or the domain is a different theorem. Since F(wˉT)≥F(0)F(\bar w_T)\ge F(0)F(wˉT​)≥F(0) always, Theorem 4 is immediate whenever its right-hand side is negative, but it is a non-trivial inequality for large TTT, and the statement quantifies over all T≥T0+2T\ge T_0+2T≥T0​+2.
  • Not posed. Lemma 4 (false as stated), step (8) of App. B.4, and Eq. (10) with the displays after it in App. B.5 (they depend on Lemma 4).
  • Infrastructure. Measurability of the SGD run in the noise sequence, independence of ZtZ_tZt​ from the past iterates under the product law, and probabilities of intervals under the uniform law are reusable for any analysis of SGD on explicit examples. Proofs of the milestones, a repaired proof of Lemma 4's role, and a complete proof of Theorem 4 are all welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647v7
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v19/hazan11a.html
  • A. Juditsky, Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for minimizing uniformly convex functions, 2010. https://hal.science/hal-00508933
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming I: A Joint-Scaling Primal-Dual Long Step Lowers the Potential (ν + ρ) ln⟨s, x⟩ + F(x) + F∗(s) by at Least √3/2 − ln(1 + √3/2)Research Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods solve linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programs in polynomial time, and they are the engine of most conic optimization software. The general theory of Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) covers any convex cone with a self-concordant barrier, but its methods are essentially primal and short-step: their analysis controls the barrier only inside a unit Dikin ellipsoid around the current point. Practical codes for linear programming, in contrast, use symmetric primal-dual methods that take long steps, a large fraction of the way to the boundary.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) isolated the class of cones and barriers for which the primal-dual long-step theory of linear programming carries over: self-scaled cones with self-scaled barriers. The class contains the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone and the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products. This mission formalizes the paper's §8 result: a primal-dual potential-reduction method with joint scaling decreases a symmetric potential function by an absolute constant at every iteration, which yields an O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound.

Timeline. Todd and Ye (1990) introduced the symmetric primal-dual potential function for linear programming with a short-step method. Kojima, Mizuno and Yoshise (1991) gave a symmetric long-step primal-dual potential-reduction method for linear complementarity problems; their Lemma 2.5 is the linear-programming case of the key inequality posed here. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994, §4.5) extended Ye's non-symmetric method to general cones. Nesterov and Todd (1997) extended the method of Kojima et al. to self-scaled cones; the companion paper (1998) treats short-step and functional-proximity variants.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with dual E∗E^*E∗ and pairing ⟨s,x⟩\langle s,x\rangle⟨s,x⟩. Let K⊂EK\subset EK⊂E be a proper cone: closed, convex, with nonempty interior, and pointed (it contains no line). Its dual cone is K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^*=\{s:\langle s,x\rangle\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}.

A ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier for KKK is a convex C3C^3C3 function FFF on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK that tends to +∞+\infty+∞ at the boundary, satisfies the self-concordance inequality ∣F′′′(x)[h,h,h]∣≤2⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩3/2|F'''(x)[h,h,h]|\le2\langle F''(x)h,h\rangle^{3/2}∣F′′′(x)[h,h,h]∣≤2⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩3/2, the bound ⟨F′(x),h⟩2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩\langle F'(x),h\rangle^2\le\nu\langle F''(x)h,h\rangle⟨F′(x),h⟩2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩, and F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x)=F(x)-\nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ for τ>0\tau>0τ>0. Its conjugate barrier is

F∗(s)=max⁡{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈int⁡K},s∈int⁡K∗.F_*(s)=\max\{-\langle s,x\rangle-F(x):x\in\operatorname{int}K\},\qquad s\in\operatorname{int}K^*.F∗​(s)=max{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈intK},s∈intK∗.

FFF is ν\nuν-self-scaled (Definition 2.1) if for all v,x∈int⁡Kv,x\in\operatorname{int}Kv,x∈intK, F′′(v)x∈int⁡K∗F''(v)x\in\operatorname{int}K^*F′′(v)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(v)x)=F(x)−2F(v)−νF_*(F''(v)x)=F(x)-2F(v)-\nuF∗​(F′′(v)x)=F(x)−2F(v)−ν. For x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK, s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗ the scaling point is the w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK with F′′(w)x=sF''(w)x=sF′′(w)x=s.

The distance to the boundary is measured by

σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K},σs∗(q)=min⁡{β≥0:βs−q∈K∗},\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\},\qquad\sigma^*_s(q)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta s-q\in K^*\},σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K},σs∗​(q)=min{β≥0:βs−q∈K∗},

so x−αp∈int⁡Kx-\alpha p\in\operatorname{int}Kx−αp∈intK for α∈[0,1/σx(p))\alpha\in[0,1/\sigma_x(p))α∈[0,1/σx​(p)); local norms are ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2.

The problem is the primal-dual pair min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c,x\rangle:Ax=b,\ x\in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}, max⁡{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\langle b,y\rangle:A^*y+s=c,\ s\in K^*\}max{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗} with AAA surjective. For ρ≥ν\rho\ge\sqrt\nuρ≥ν​ the primal-dual potential is

ϕ(x,s)=(ν+ρ)ln⁡⟨s,x⟩+F(x)+F∗(s).\phi(x,s)=(\nu+\rho)\ln\langle s,x\rangle+F(x)+F_*(s).ϕ(x,s)=(ν+ρ)ln⟨s,x⟩+F(x)+F∗​(s).

One iteration from a strictly feasible (x,y,s)(x,y,s)(x,y,s): take the scaling point www and σ=σx(w)\sigma=\sigma_x(w)σ=σx​(w); solve

F′′(w)Δx+Δs=ν+ρ⟨s,x⟩s+F′(x),AΔx=0,A∗Δy+Δs=0;(8.1)F''(w)\Delta x+\Delta s=\tfrac{\nu+\rho}{\langle s,x\rangle}s+F'(x),\qquad A\Delta x=0,\qquad A^*\Delta y+\Delta s=0;\qquad(8.1)F′′(w)Δx+Δs=⟨s,x⟩ν+ρ​s+F′(x),AΔx=0,A∗Δy+Δs=0;(8.1)

put σˉ=max⁡{σx(Δx),σs∗(Δs)}\bar\sigma=\max\{\sigma_x(\Delta x),\sigma^*_s(\Delta s)\}σˉ=max{σx​(Δx),σs∗​(Δs)}, αˉ=1/(σ2+σˉ)\bar\alpha=1/(\sigma^2+\bar\sigma)αˉ=1/(σ2+σˉ), and accept any α\alphaα with ϕ(x−αΔx,s−αΔs)≤ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs)\phi(x-\alpha\Delta x,s-\alpha\Delta s)\le\phi(x-\bar\alpha\Delta x,s-\bar\alpha\Delta s)ϕ(x−αΔx,s−αΔs)≤ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2

ϕ(x−αˉΔx, s−αˉΔs)≤ϕ(x,s)−32+ln⁡(1+32),\phi(x-\bar\alpha\Delta x,\,s-\bar\alpha\Delta s)\le\phi(x,s)-\frac{\sqrt3}{2}+\ln\Big(1+\frac{\sqrt3}{2}\Big),ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs)≤ϕ(x,s)−23​​+ln(1+23​​),

with x−αˉΔx∈int⁡Kx-\bar\alpha\Delta x\in\operatorname{int}Kx−αˉΔx∈intK and s−αˉΔs∈int⁡K∗s-\bar\alpha\Delta s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s−αˉΔs∈intK∗, and the same bound for every accepted step α\alphaα, whose iterate is again strictly feasible. The constant 3/2−ln⁡(1+3/2)≈0.243\sqrt3/2-\ln(1+\sqrt3/2)\approx0.2433​/2−ln(1+3​/2)≈0.243 is the paper's.

Milestones

In attack order: the structure of Hessians (Theorem 3.1), existence and uniqueness of scaling points (Theorem 3.2), convexity of −⟨F′(⋅),v⟩-\langle F'(\cdot),v\rangle−⟨F′(⋅),v⟩ (Lemma 3.1) and the third-derivative bounds (Corollary 3.2 (i)–(ii)); the long-step Hessian comparison (Theorem 4.1), its corollaries (Corollary 4.1 (i)–(ii)), the barrier estimate (4.8) (Theorem 4.2) and the scalar monotonicity facts (Proposition 4.1); separability along orthogonal boundary directions (Lemma 5.1, Theorem 5.1) and the key inequality

⟨F′(x),F∗′(s)⟩≥ν(ν−1)⟨s,x⟩+34σx2(w)(Theorem 5.2);\langle F'(x),F_*'(s)\rangle\ge\frac{\nu(\nu-1)}{\langle s,x\rangle}+\frac34\sigma_x^2(w)\qquad(\text{Theorem 5.2});⟨F′(x),F∗′​(s)⟩≥⟨s,x⟩ν(ν−1)​+43​σx2​(w)(Theorem 5.2);

and unique solvability of the projection system (Proposition 6.1).

Significance

A constant decrease of ϕ\phiϕ per iteration gives, through the bound of Nesterov–Nemirovskii (Theorem 8.1 of the paper), primal and dual solutions within ϵ\epsilonϵ of optimal in O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iterations when ρ=γν\rho=\gamma\sqrt\nuρ=γν​, with step sizes that are long (a fixed fraction of the distance to the boundary) rather than confined to a Dikin ellipsoid. Theorems 4.1–4.2 and 5.2 are reused by the potential-reduction and path-following analyses of the same paper and by later work on symmetric cones.

The results are proved in the paper. They are not formalized anywhere known to us: Mathlib has no self-concordant barriers, and the platform has the definitions of self-scaled barriers (from the companion 1998 paper) but none of these theorems. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the paper's structure theory of self-scaled barriers (§§3–5) and of the per-iteration decrease of its primal-dual method.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt bounds the change of FFF and F∗F_*F∗​ along the step by self-concordance alone. Self-concordance controls F′′(x−αp)F''(x-\alpha p)F′′(x−αp) only for ∥αp∥x<1\|\alpha p\|_x<1∥αp∥x​<1, so it cannot certify a step of length αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ, which may be far outside the Dikin ellipsoid. The long-step analysis needs Theorem 4.1, which compares Hessians all the way to the boundary and holds for self-scaled barriers but fails for general self-concordant ones. The constant decrease then needs a lower bound on μ/σ\mu/\sigmaμ/σ, where μ\muμ is the scaled norm of the right-hand side of (8.1); that bound is Theorem 5.2, whose proof rests on the separability of FFF along orthogonal boundary directions (Theorem 5.1), a structural property with no analogue for general barriers.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces. E=E∗=RnE=E^*=\mathbb R^nE=E∗=Rn and Y=Y∗=RmY=Y^*=\mathbb R^mY=Y∗=Rm (EuclideanSpace), identified through the inner product; A∗A^*A∗ is ContinuousLinearMap.adjoint A. F′′F''F′′ is hess F (derivative of gradient F), F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[u] is fderiv ℝ (hess F) x u, [F′′(v)]−1[F''(v)]^{-1}[F′′(v)]−1 is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse.
  • Published setting reused. IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, conj, IsScalingPoint, IsPrimalStrict, IsDualStrict, sigma, lnorm (SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep), and ConvexOptimization.dualCone. The barrier definition includes nondegeneracy of F′′F''F′′ on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK, which follows from the other axioms for a pointed cone. conj K F is a supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK and is only evaluated at points of int⁡K∗\operatorname{int}K^*intK∗. σ\sigmaσ is an infimum, equal to the page's minimum at interior centres.
  • Standing binders. Every theorem except Proposition 4.1 assumes IsProperCone K, IsSelfScaledBarrier K F ν and ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1; the paper derives ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 from pointedness.
  • Conventions. Operator inequalities are quadratic-form inequalities. Step ranges α∈[0,1/σx(p))\alpha\in[0,1/\sigma_x(p))α∈[0,1/σx​(p)) are encoded as 0≤α0\le\alpha0≤α, ασx(p)<1\alpha\sigma_x(p)<1ασx​(p)<1. Scaling points and search directions are data satisfying their equations; their existence is Theorem 3.2 and Proposition 6.1. "Monotonically" in Proposition 4.1 is read strictly.
  • Goal form. Theorem 8.2 is stated for one iteration from any strictly feasible pair. It asserts that the αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ-step is strictly interior and achieves the bound. Without that clause, a goal asserting the bound only for steps accepted by rule (c) would be vacuous whenever no step is accepted, since F∗F_*F∗​ and ln⁡\lnln take junk values off their domains.
  • New definitions (SelfScaledLongStep.PrimalDual.Defs): the projection system (6.4), the potential ϕ\phiϕ, the system (8.1), σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ and αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ. The projection system is shared, under the same name, with the other missions of this series.
  • Contributions welcome: calculus of self-concordant barriers on cones (C³ smoothness, logarithmic homogeneity identities, Legendre duality between FFF and F∗F_*F∗​), which is reusable for any interior-point formalization; proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • M. Kojima, S. Mizuno and A. Yoshise, An O(nL)O(\sqrt n L)O(n​L) iteration potential reduction algorithm for linear complementarity problems, Mathematical Programming 50, 1991, 331–342. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01594942
  • M. J. Todd and Y. Ye, A centered projective algorithm for linear programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(3), 1990, 508–529. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.15.3.508
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rules in Stochastic and Robust Optimization 2: With Random Recourse, the SDP (3.14) Conservatively Approximates the Linear Decision Rule Problem, Exactly for l = 1Research Paper

Linear decision rules for stochastic programs with random recourse

In a one-stage stochastic program a decision maker observes a random outcome ξ\xiξ and then picks a decision x(ξ)x(\xi)x(ξ), subject to constraints that depend on ξ\xiξ, so as to minimize expected cost. The optimization variable is a whole function xxx, and computing the optimal value is #P-hard even for a uniform distribution on the unit cube (Dyer and Stougie, 2006, cited in the paper as [16, Theorem 3.2]). A standard tractable approximation, introduced for robust optimization by Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski (2004) and carried to stochastic programming by Shapiro–Nemirovski and Chen–Sim–Sun, restricts decisions to linear decision rules x(ξ)=Xξx(\xi)=X\xix(ξ)=Xξ. This restriction gives an upper bound on the optimal value.

Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou (2009/2011) study these approximations systematically. Their §3 treats the case where the constraint matrix itself depends on ξ\xiξ (random recourse). Linear decisions then produce constraints that are quadratic in ξ\xiξ, and the paper reformulates the resulting semi-infinite problem as a semidefinite program. This mission formalizes that reformulation, the primal half of the paper's Theorem 2.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability measure P\mathbb PP on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, with outcomes ξ\xiξ. The support Ξ\XiΞ of P\mathbb PP is the smallest closed set of probability one. It is assumed to have the form

Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)\Xi=\{\xi\in\mathbb R^k:\ e_1^\top\xi=1,\ \ \xi^\top W_\ell\xi\ge0,\ \ell=1,\dots,l\}\qquad(3.11)Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤​ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓ​ξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)

for symmetric matrices W1,…,WlW_1,\dots,W_lW1​,…,Wl​, where e1e_1e1​ is the first standard basis vector. The first coordinate of every outcome is therefore 111, so linear functions of ξ\xiξ are affine functions of the remaining coordinates. Ξ\XiΞ is assumed nonempty and bounded, and its linear hull is assumed to be Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Let S\mathbb SS denote the symmetric k×kk\times kk×k matrices and M=E(ξξ⊤)M=\mathbb E(\xi\xi^\top)M=E(ξξ⊤) the second-moment matrix.

The data are C∈Rn×kC\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}C∈Rn×k (cost c(ξ)=Cξc(\xi)=C\xic(ξ)=Cξ), B∈Rm×kB\in\mathbb R^{m\times k}B∈Rm×k (right-hand side b(ξ)=Bξb(\xi)=B\xib(ξ)=Bξ, with rows bμ⊤b_\mu^\topbμ⊤​), and A1,…,Am∈Rk×nA_1,\dots,A_m\in\mathbb R^{k\times n}A1​,…,Am​∈Rk×n, where the μ\muμth row of the recourse matrix A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ) is ξ⊤Aμ\xi^\top A_\muξ⊤Aμ​. The stochastic program SP\mathcal{SP}SP minimizes E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ))\mathbb E(c(\xi)^\top x(\xi))E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ)) over square-integrable xxx subject to A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ)A(\xi)x(\xi)\le b(\xi)A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ) almost surely. It is strictly feasible if some square-integrable xˉ,sˉ\bar x,\bar sxˉ,sˉ and some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 satisfy A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ)A(\xi)\bar x(\xi)+\bar s(\xi)=b(\xi)A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ) and sˉ(ξ)≥εe\bar s(\xi)\ge\varepsilon esˉ(ξ)≥εe almost surely.

With linear decisions XξX\xiXξ and quadratic slacks ξ⊤Sμξ\xi^\top S_\mu\xiξ⊤Sμ​ξ, Sμ∈SS_\mu\in\mathbb SSμ​∈S, one obtains the primal approximation

SPu:min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤AμXξ+ξ⊤Sμξ=bμ⊤ξ,  ξ⊤Sμξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,\mathcal{SP}^u:\quad \min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \xi^\top A_\mu X\xi+\xi^\top S_\mu\xi=b_\mu^\top\xi,\ \ \xi^\top S_\mu\xi\ge0\ \ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.},\ \mu=1,\dots,m,SPu:min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤Aμ​Xξ+ξ⊤Sμ​ξ=bμ⊤​ξ,  ξ⊤Sμ​ξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,

and the SDP (3.14)

min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤)+Sμ=12(e1bμ⊤+bμe1⊤),  Sμ−∑ℓΛμℓWℓ⪰0,  Λ≥0.\min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top)+S_\mu=\tfrac12(e_1b_\mu^\top+b_\mu e_1^\top),\ \ S_\mu-\textstyle\sum_\ell\Lambda_{\mu\ell}W_\ell\succeq0,\ \ \Lambda\ge0 .min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​)+Sμ​=21​(e1​bμ⊤​+bμ​e1⊤​),  Sμ​−∑ℓ​Λμℓ​Wℓ​⪰0,  Λ≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, primal half (p. 17)

Feas⁡(3.14) projects into Feas⁡SPu,val⁡SPu≤val⁡(3.14),\operatorname{Feas}(3.14)\ \text{projects into}\ \operatorname{Feas}\mathcal{SP}^u,\qquad \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u\le\operatorname{val}(3.14),Feas(3.14) projects into FeasSPu,valSPu≤val(3.14), l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ val⁡SPu=val⁡(3.14).l=1\ \text{and}\ \mathcal{SP}\ \text{strictly feasible}\ \Longrightarrow\ \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u=\operatorname{val}(3.14).l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ valSPu=val(3.14).

Milestones

  1. §3.2, (3.13), p. 12. The μ\muμth equality constraint of SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu holds almost surely if and only if Hμ:=12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤−e1bμ⊤−bμe1⊤)+Sμ=0H_\mu:=\tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top-e_1b_\mu^\top-b_\mu e_1^\top)+S_\mu=0Hμ​:=21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​−e1​bμ⊤​−bμ​e1⊤​)+Sμ​=0.
  2. Lemma 1 (S-lemma), p. 12. If ξˉ⊤Wξˉ>0\bar\xi^\top W\bar\xi>0ξˉ​⊤Wξˉ​>0 for some ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, then [ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]  ⟺  ∃λ≥0: S⪰λW[\xi^\top W\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0]\iff\exists\lambda\ge0:\ S\succeq\lambda W[ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]⟺∃λ≥0: S⪰λW. This is linked to the platform's proved S-procedure, of which it is the homogeneous case.
  3. Proposition 6, p. 12. For symmetric SSS: ∃λ≥0\exists\lambda\ge0∃λ≥0 with S−∑ℓλℓWℓ⪰0S-\sum_\ell\lambda_\ell W_\ell\succeq0S−∑ℓ​λℓ​Wℓ​⪰0 implies ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤Sξ≥0 almost surely, and the converse holds when l=1l=1l=1.

Significance

The theorem replaces a problem with infinitely many constraints, one per outcome, by a semidefinite program with O(mk2+ml)O(mk^2+ml)O(mk2+ml) variables. Its value is always an upper bound on SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu, and hence on SP\mathcal{SP}SP. When the support is a single ellipsoid in the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (l=1l=1l=1), the bound loses nothing beyond the restriction to linear decisions. For l>1l>1l>1 the gap is unavoidable in general: an exact tractable reformulation would decide copositivity, which is NP-hard (Remark 7). Random recourse arises whenever technology or yield coefficients are uncertain, for example in production planning and portfolio problems with uncertain returns.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization adds a precise statement of the hypotheses. Writing those hypotheses out showed that the unnumbered §3.2 step needs Ξ\XiΞ to have dimension k−1k-1k−1, which spanning alone does not give for nonconvex Ξ\XiΞ (see Formalization scope). The other half of Theorem 2, about the lower-bounding SDP (3.18), is false in this preprint and is not part of the mission.

Difficulty

The semi-infinite constraints hold only P\mathbb PP-almost surely. The first step is to pass from "almost surely" to "for every ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ", which uses that Ξ\XiΞ is exactly the support and that the constraint functions are continuous. A bound P(Ξ)=1\mathbb P(\Xi)=1P(Ξ)=1 alone is not enough. For the equality constraints, a quadratic form that vanishes on Ξ\XiΞ must vanish identically. This requires Ξ\XiΞ to be large enough, and the obvious argument from "Ξ\XiΞ spans Rk\mathbb R^kRk" fails when Ξ\XiΞ is a finite set. For the inequality constraints with l=1l=1l=1, the implication ξ⊤W1ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top W_1\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤W1​ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0 must be established on all of Rk\mathbb R^kRk and not only on the slice e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1. Doing so needs boundedness of Ξ\XiΞ (no recession directions) and a strictly feasible point for the S-lemma. The S-lemma itself is a nonconvex duality statement. It is available on the platform.

Formalization scope

Outcomes live in Fin k → ℝ, with k≥1k\ge1k≥1 carried in the setting. Indices are 0-based: ξ1\xi_1ξ1​ is coordinate 0, and μ,ℓ\mu,\ellμ,ℓ range over Fin m, Fin l. "Ξ\XiΞ is the support of P\mathbb PP" is stated as: Ξ\XiΞ is closed, P(Ξc)=0\mathbb P(\Xi^{\mathrm c})=0P(Ξc)=0, and every ball centred in Ξ\XiΞ has positive measure. Mathlib has no Measure.support at this revision. The standing assumptions (probability measure, symmetric WℓW_\ellWℓ​, support, nonempty, bounded, spanning) form one predicate assumed by every theorem. Decision rules are Borel measurable square-integrable functions. Optimal values are infima in EReal, +∞+\infty+∞ for an empty feasible set and −∞-\infty−∞ for an unbounded one. "Equivalent" means equal optimal values. Each SμS_\muSμ​ is required symmetric in both problems; ⪰\succeq⪰ is positive semidefiniteness and Λ≥0\Lambda\ge0Λ≥0 is componentwise. Strict feasibility of SP\mathcal{SP}SP in §3 is the paper's condition (2.9) of §2 with AAA replaced by A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ). The paper uses the phrase without restating it.

Repairs and narrowings:

  • Only the clauses of Theorem 2 about (3.14) and SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu are stated. The clauses about (3.18) and SPl\mathcal{SP}^lSPl are false in this preprint: a strictly feasible instance with l=1l=1l=1 has val⁡(3.18)≈1.170>ln⁡3=val⁡SP\operatorname{val}(3.18)\approx1.170>\ln3=\operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}val(3.18)≈1.170>ln3=valSP. Propositions 7–9 serve only that half and are not included. "Polynomial size, efficiently solvable" is informal and omitted.
  • The §3.2 milestone carries the extra hypothesis that Ξ\XiΞ contains a relatively open piece of the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (the paper's "dimension k−1k-1k−1", p. 10). Without it the claim is false for l≥2l\ge2l≥2. For l=1l=1l=1 the hypothesis follows from the standing assumptions, so the goal is unaffected.
  • Strict feasibility is kept in the l=1l=1l=1 clause as printed, although the argument does not use it.

The goal cannot be trivialized through its definitions. Feasibility is quantified P\mathbb PP-almost surely for a measure whose support is Ξ\XiΞ, not over an empty or arbitrary set. Both optimal values are infima of the same real objective over the problems' own feasible sets. The standing assumptions are satisfiable, for instance by k=2k=2k=2, W1=diag⁡(1,−1)W_1=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1)W1​=diag(1,−1), and P\mathbb PP the uniform law on {1}×[−1,1]\{1\}\times[-1,1]{1}×[−1,1].

The definitions (support of a measure, L2\mathcal L^2L2 decision rules, the random-recourse data) are reusable for the other sections of the paper and for related work on decision rules. Proofs of any milestone, Lean lemmas on quadratic forms vanishing on open cones, and an almost-sure-to-support transfer lemma are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Optimization Online 2009/02/2218 (2009); Math. Program. 130 (2011) 177–209. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/2218.pdf, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99 (2004) 351–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • S. Boyd, L. El Ghaoui, E. Feron, V. Balakrishnan, Linear Matrix Inequalities in System and Control Theory, SIAM Studies in Applied Mathematics 15, 1994 (the paper's source for Lemma 1). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970777
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004, Appendix B (the S-procedure as stated on the platform). https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007) 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Math. Program. 106 (2006) 423–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0597-0
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Random Matrix TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Principal Component Analysis?: Principal Component Pursuit with λ = 1/√n Exactly Recovers an Incoherent Low-Rank Matrix from a Constant Fraction of Randomly Located Gross ErrorsResearch Paper

Motivation

Principal component analysis finds the best low-rank approximation of a data matrix, and it is used everywhere data come as a table: images, video, genomics, web and survey data. Its weakness is well known: a single grossly corrupted entry can move the classical principal components arbitrarily far. In many applications the corruptions are not small noise but gross errors at a fraction of the entries: occlusions and specularities in face images, moving foreground objects in surveillance video, corrupted or adversarial records. Robust variants of PCA built on robust statistics or on alternating heuristics came without guarantees of exact recovery.

Candès, Li, Ma and Wright (J. ACM 58(3), 2011) showed that a single convex program recovers both the low-rank part and the corruptions exactly, under a randomness assumption on the corruption pattern only, with a weight that needs no tuning.

Timeline.

  • 2009: Candès and Recht prove exact matrix completion by nuclear-norm minimization under incoherence (FoCM 2009). Their concentration results reappear here as Theorem 2.6 and Lemma 3.2.
  • 2009: Chandrasekaran, Sanghavi, Parrilo and Willsky give deterministic conditions for the same convex decomposition (SIAM J. Optim. 2011, arXiv:0906.2220). As compared on p. 7 of the present paper, these conditions allow only a vanishing fraction O((nr)−1/2)O((nr)^{-1/2})O((nr)−1/2) of corrupted entries, and they leave the weight λ\lambdaλ to be searched for.
  • 2009: Gross introduces the golfing scheme for constructing dual certificates (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 2011, arXiv:0910.1879). This paper adapts it.
  • 2009–2011: the present paper (preprint of 17 December 2009) proves Theorem 1.1: a constant fraction of corrupted entries and rank up to n/(log⁡n)2n/(\log n)^2n/(logn)2.

Setting

Let L0∈Rn×nL_0\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}L0​∈Rn×n have rank rrr and compact singular value decomposition L0=∑k=1rσkukvk∗L_0=\sum_{k=1}^r\sigma_k u_kv_k^*L0​=∑k=1r​σk​uk​vk∗​ with σk>0\sigma_k>0σk​>0, where U=[u1,…,ur]U=[u_1,\dots,u_r]U=[u1​,…,ur​] and V=[v1,…,vr]V=[v_1,\dots,v_r]V=[v1​,…,vr​] have orthonormal columns. The nuclear norm ∥M∥∗\|M\|_*∥M∥∗​ is the sum of the singular values of MMM, and ∥M∥1=∑ij∣Mij∣\|M\|_1=\sum_{ij}|M_{ij}|∥M∥1​=∑ij​∣Mij​∣ is the entrywise ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm. Given M=L0+S0M=L_0+S_0M=L0​+S0​, Principal Component Pursuit (PCP) solves

minimize  ∥L∥∗+λ∥S∥1subject toL+S=M.(1.1)\text{minimize }\ \|L\|_*+\lambda\|S\|_1\qquad\text{subject to}\qquad L+S=M. \tag{1.1}minimize  ∥L∥∗​+λ∥S∥1​subject toL+S=M.(1.1)

PCP is exact when (L0,S0)(L_0,S_0)(L0​,S0​) is its unique solution.

L0L_0L0​ satisfies the incoherence condition with parameter μ\muμ when

max⁡i∥U∗ei∥2≤μrn,max⁡i∥V∗ei∥2≤μrn,∥UV∗∥∞≤μrn2,(1.2–1.3)\max_i\|U^*e_i\|^2\le\frac{\mu r}{n},\qquad\max_i\|V^*e_i\|^2\le\frac{\mu r}{n},\qquad\|UV^*\|_\infty\le\sqrt{\frac{\mu r}{n^2}},\tag{1.2–1.3}imax​∥U∗ei​∥2≤nμr​,imax​∥V∗ei​∥2≤nμr​,∥UV∗∥∞​≤n2μr​​,(1.2–1.3)

where ∥X∥∞=max⁡ij∣Xij∣\|X\|_\infty=\max_{ij}|X_{ij}|∥X∥∞​=maxij​∣Xij​∣. This excludes low-rank matrices that are themselves sparse, which no method could tell apart from corruptions.

The sparse component is S0=PΩSS_0=\mathcal P_\Omega SS0​=PΩ​S, where SSS is an arbitrary fixed matrix and PΩ\mathcal P_\OmegaPΩ​ keeps the entries in a random support Ω\OmegaΩ and zeros the others. In Theorem 1.1, Ω\OmegaΩ is uniform among all subsets of [n]×[n][n]\times[n][n]×[n] of cardinality mmm. In the Bernoulli model Ω∼Ber(ρ)\Omega\sim\mathrm{Ber}(\rho)Ω∼Ber(ρ) each entry belongs to Ω\OmegaΩ independently with probability ρ\rhoρ. Nothing is assumed about the magnitudes or signs of SSS.

The proof works with the tangent space T={UX∗+YV∗}T=\{UX^*+YV^*\}T={UX∗+YV∗} of the rank-rrr matrices at L0L_0L0​, its orthogonal projections PT\mathcal P_TPT​ and PT⊥\mathcal P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​, and the operator norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ (largest singular value).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1, square case

There are positive numerical constants c,ρr,ρsc,\rho_r,\rho_sc,ρr​,ρs​ such that, whenever L0L_0L0​ obeys (1.2)–(1.3) and

rank⁡(L0)≤ρr n μ−1(log⁡n)−2andm≤ρs n2,(1.4)\operatorname{rank}(L_0)\le\rho_r\,n\,\mu^{-1}(\log n)^{-2}\qquad\text{and}\qquad m\le\rho_s\,n^2,\tag{1.4}rank(L0​)≤ρr​nμ−1(logn)−2andm≤ρs​n2,(1.4)

PCP with λ=1/n\lambda=1/\sqrt nλ=1/n​ is exact with probability at least 1−c n−101-c\,n^{-10}1−cn−10 over the support of S0S_0S0​.

The constants are not specified, so the goal survives any improvement of them.

Milestones

They are listed in the order the proof uses them:

  • the coordinate bound (2.2);
  • the elimination theorem (Theorem 2.2): exactness passes to trimmed sparse components;
  • the transfer from the Bernoulli model to the uniform model (§7.1);
  • derandomization (Theorem 2.3): random signs suffice;
  • the dual certificate conditions (Lemma 2.4, Lemma 2.5, (2.4));
  • the concentration results (Theorem 2.6, Corollary 2.7, Lemmas 3.1 and 3.2);
  • the two halves of the certificate: the golfing certificate WLW^LWL (Lemma 2.8) and the least-squares certificate WSW^SWS (Lemma 2.9).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.1 is the founding guarantee of robust PCA by convex optimization. It allows a constant fraction of arbitrarily large corruptions and a rank as large as n/(log⁡n)2n/(\log n)^2n/(logn)2, with a universal weight λ=1/n\lambda=1/\sqrt nλ=1/n​. It supports applications such as background modeling in video and the removal of shadows and specularities from face images, and it is the template for later work on noisy and partially observed variants, e.g. stable PCP (Zhou et al., ISIT 2010, arXiv:1001.2363).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. A formal proof would check a chain that combines convex duality for the nuclear and ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norms, operator concentration for random sampling, and a probabilistic coupling. The reusable parts are general: the elimination and derandomization arguments, the certificate lemmas, the golfing scheme and the Bernoulli-to-uniform transfer. They also serve matrix completion and other sparse-plus-low-rank problems. The matrix-completion definitions this mission builds on are already published on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious plan is to write down the subgradient optimality conditions of (1.1) and exhibit a dual certificate. The difficulty is the exact certificate (2.3). It requires PΩ(UV∗+W)=λsgn⁡(S0)\mathcal P_\Omega(UV^*+W)=\lambda\operatorname{sgn}(S_0)PΩ​(UV∗+W)=λsgn(S0​) exactly, and at the same time ∥W∥<1\|W\|<1∥W∥<1 and ∥PΩ⊥(UV∗+W)∥∞<λ\|\mathcal P_{\Omega^\perp}(UV^*+W)\|_\infty<\lambda∥PΩ⊥​(UV∗+W)∥∞​<λ, with Ω\OmegaΩ a constant fraction of all entries. The natural least-squares candidate cannot be controlled in the sup norm on Ω⊥\Omega^\perpΩ⊥ by moment methods at this sparsity level.

A second difficulty is probabilistic. The theorem allows fixed, adversarial signs. The concentration tools need independence, which fixed signs do not give.

Finally, every step must hold uniformly with failure probability O(n−10)O(n^{-10})O(n−10) and with constants independent of nnn, L0L_0L0​ and SSS.

Formalization scope

All statements are for square real matrices RealMatrix n n. The rectangular sentences of the paper are not stated. The mission reuses the published matrix-completion definitions for the following objects:

  • the nuclear norm (sum of Mathlib singular values);
  • the operator norm;
  • the Frobenius norm and inner product;
  • ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ and PΩ\mathcal P_\OmegaPΩ​;
  • SVD data SVD L0 r, with UV∗UV^*UV∗ = signMatrix;
  • PT\mathcal P_TPT​ and PT⊥\mathcal P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​;
  • the Bernoulli and uniform laws on supports.

The following conventions are fixed:

  • Rank. The rank is carried by SVD data SVD L0 r with positive singular values, so r=rank⁡L0r=\operatorname{rank}L_0r=rankL0​. Every statement holds for every such decomposition.
  • Exactness. "Exact" means unique optimality: every other feasible pair has a strictly larger objective.
  • Probabilities. Probabilities are finite sums of product weights. Operator norms of operators on matrices are taken with respect to the Frobenius norm.
  • Rank condition. It is written multiplied out, rμ(log⁡n)2≤ρrnr\mu(\log n)^2\le\rho_rnrμ(logn)2≤ρr​n, with the natural logarithm.
  • Constants. "With high probability" means probability at least 1−c n−101-c\,n^{-10}1−cn−10, with ccc a numerical constant. Every numerical constant is quantified before nnn, the matrices and the parameters.
  • Least-squares certificate. WSW^SWS is defined by the Neumann series (2.7), which the paper gives as an equivalent definition of (2.6), and it is used only on the event ∥PΩPT∥<1/2\|\mathcal P_\Omega\mathcal P_T\|<1/2∥PΩ​PT​∥<1/2.
  • Golfing. The golfing sets are indexed from 000.
  • Citations. Theorem numbers and pages are those of the preprint dated 17 December 2009, which is the cited source of the J. ACM article.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded. A constant ccc chosen after nnn would make the goal vacuous, so all constants come first. A non-strict "optimal" would make exactness much weaker, so exactness is strict. The values of S0S_0S0​ are fixed before the support is drawn.

Contributions of any kind are welcome. Proofs of the deterministic milestones (Theorem 2.2, Lemmas 2.4 and 2.5, (2.4), (2.2)) are self-contained convex analysis and linear algebra. The concentration milestones need matrix Bernstein-type inequalities and operator concentration, which are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • E. J. Candès, X. Li, Y. Ma, J. Wright, Robust principal component analysis?, Journal of the ACM 58(3), Article 11, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1145/1970392.1970395
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact matrix completion via convex optimization, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 9(6), 717–772, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-009-9045-5
  • D. Gross, Recovering low-rank matrices from few coefficients in any basis, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 57(3), 1548–1566, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0910.1879
  • V. Chandrasekaran, S. Sanghavi, P. A. Parrilo, A. S. Willsky, Rank-sparsity incoherence for matrix decomposition, SIAM Journal on Optimization 21(2), 572–596, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.2220
  • Z. Zhou, X. Li, J. Wright, E. J. Candès, Y. Ma, Stable principal component pursuit, ISIT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1001.2363
20 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Rank-Sparsity Incoherence for Matrix Decomposition: If μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆) < 1/6, ℓ1 + Nuclear-Norm Minimization Uniquely Recovers the Sparse and Low-Rank ComponentsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many data matrices are, to a good approximation, the sum of a sparse matrix (few nonzero entries) and a low-rank matrix. In system identification the low-rank part models a system of small order and the sparse part a system with sparse impulse response; in statistics the same structure appears in latent-variable graphical models, where a sparse inverse covariance is corrupted by a low-rank effect of hidden variables; in signal and image processing it separates a slowly varying background from sparse outliers. Recovering the two components from their sum is NP-hard in general, so a convex relaxation is the natural tractable approach.

Chandrasekaran, Sanghavi, Parrilo and Willsky (arXiv:0906.2220, SIAM J. Optim. 21(2), 2011, doi:10.1137/090761793) introduced the convex program that minimizes a weighted sum of the entrywise ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm and the nuclear norm, and gave a deterministic condition under which it recovers both components exactly. The condition is an uncertainty principle between the support of the sparse matrix and the row and column spaces of the low-rank matrix. Their analysis was followed by probabilistic guarantees for the same program under random sparsity patterns (Candès, Li, Ma, Wright, Robust Principal Component Analysis?, J. ACM 2011, arXiv:0912.3599).

Setting

All matrices are real and square, n×nn\times nn×n. For a matrix MMM:

  • support⁡(M)={(i,j):Mij≠0}\operatorname{support}(M)=\{(i,j): M_{ij}\neq0\}support(M)={(i,j):Mij​=0}, ∥M∥1=∑i,j∣Mij∣\|M\|_1=\sum_{i,j}|M_{ij}|∥M∥1​=∑i,j​∣Mij​∣, and sign⁡(M)\operatorname{sign}(M)sign(M) is the matrix with entries +1,−1,0+1,-1,0+1,−1,0 according as Mij>0M_{ij}>0Mij​>0, <0<0<0, =0=0=0.
  • ∥M∥\|M\|∥M∥ is the spectral norm (largest singular value), ∥M∥∗\|M\|_*∥M∥∗​ the nuclear norm (sum of singular values), and ∥M∥∞=max⁡i,j∣Mij∣\|M\|_\infty=\max_{i,j}|M_{ij}|∥M∥∞​=maxi,j​∣Mij​∣.
  • The sparse tangent space is Ω(M)={N:support⁡(N)⊆support⁡(M)}\Omega(M)=\{N:\operatorname{support}(N)\subseteq\operatorname{support}(M)\}Ω(M)={N:support(N)⊆support(M)}, with orthogonal projections PΩ(M)P_{\Omega(M)}PΩ(M)​ and PΩ(M)c=I−PΩ(M)P_{\Omega(M)^c}=I-P_{\Omega(M)}PΩ(M)c​=I−PΩ(M)​.
  • If M=UΣVTM=U\Sigma V^{T}M=UΣVT is a compact singular value decomposition, U,V∈Rn×kU,V\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}U,V∈Rn×k with orthonormal columns and k=rank⁡Mk=\operatorname{rank}Mk=rankM, the low-rank tangent space is T(M)={UXT+YVT:X,Y∈Rn×k}T(M)=\{UX^{T}+YV^{T}: X,Y\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}\}T(M)={UXT+YVT:X,Y∈Rn×k}, with projection PT(M)(N)=PUN+NPV−PUNPVP_{T(M)}(N)=P_UN+NP_V-P_UNP_VPT(M)​(N)=PU​N+NPV​−PU​NPV​, PU=UUTP_U=UU^{T}PU​=UUT, PV=VVTP_V=VV^{T}PV​=VVT, and PT(M)⊥=I−PT(M)P_{T(M)^\perp}=I-P_{T(M)}PT(M)⊥​=I−PT(M)​.

The two rank-sparsity incoherence quantities are

ξ(M)=max⁡N∈T(M), ∥N∥≤1∥N∥∞,μ(M)=max⁡N∈Ω(M), ∥N∥∞≤1∥N∥.\xi(M)=\max_{N\in T(M),\ \|N\|\le1}\|N\|_\infty,\qquad \mu(M)=\max_{N\in\Omega(M),\ \|N\|_\infty\le1}\|N\|.ξ(M)=N∈T(M), ∥N∥≤1max​∥N∥∞​,μ(M)=N∈Ω(M), ∥N∥∞​≤1max​∥N∥.

Small ξ(M)\xi(M)ξ(M) says that the elements of T(M)T(M)T(M) are not concentrated on few entries; small μ(M)\mu(M)μ(M) says that the elements of Ω(M)\Omega(M)Ω(M) have diffuse spectra.

Given C=A⋆+B⋆C=A^\star+B^\starC=A⋆+B⋆ and a trade-off parameter γ\gammaγ, the decomposition program is

(A^,B^)=arg⁡min⁡A,B γ∥A∥1+∥B∥∗s.t. A+B=C.(1.3)(\hat A,\hat B)=\arg\min_{A,B}\ \gamma\|A\|_1+\|B\|_*\quad\text{s.t. } A+B=C. \tag{1.3}(A^,B^)=argA,Bmin​ γ∥A∥1​+∥B∥∗​s.t. A+B=C.(1.3)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

If

μ(A⋆) ξ(B⋆)<16,\mu(A^\star)\,\xi(B^\star)<\tfrac16,μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<61​,

then for every

γ∈(ξ(B⋆)1−4μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆), 1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)μ(A⋆))\gamma\in\left(\frac{\xi(B^\star)}{1-4\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)},\ \frac{1-3\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)}{\mu(A^\star)}\right)γ∈(1−4μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)ξ(B⋆)​, μ(A⋆)1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)​)

the pair (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) is the unique optimum of (1.3); moreover γ=3ξ(B⋆)/(2μ(A⋆))\gamma=\sqrt{3\xi(B^\star)/(2\mu(A^\star))}γ=3ξ(B⋆)/(2μ(A⋆))​ always lies in this interval (for A⋆,B⋆≠0A^\star,B^\star\neq0A⋆,B⋆=0).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<1⇒Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)<1\Rightarrow\Omega(A^\star)\cap T(B^\star)=\{0\}μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<1⇒Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}.
  2. (4.3)–(4.5): optimality of (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) for (1.3) is equivalent to a common dual Q∈γ ∂∥A⋆∥1∩∂∥B⋆∥∗Q\in\gamma\,\partial\|A^\star\|_1\cap\partial\|B^\star\|_*Q∈γ∂∥A⋆∥1​∩∂∥B⋆∥∗​, and the two subdifferentials are characterized through PΩP_\OmegaPΩ​, PΩcP_{\Omega^c}PΩc​, PTP_TPT​, PT⊥P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​.
  3. Proposition 2: transversality Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}\Omega(A^\star)\cap T(B^\star)=\{0\}Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0} plus a dual QQQ with PT(Q)=UVTP_T(Q)=UV^{T}PT​(Q)=UVT, PΩ(Q)=γsign⁡(A⋆)P_\Omega(Q)=\gamma\operatorname{sign}(A^\star)PΩ​(Q)=γsign(A⋆), ∥PT⊥(Q)∥<1\|P_{T^\perp}(Q)\|<1∥PT⊥​(Q)∥<1, ∥PΩc(Q)∥∞<γ\|P_{\Omega^c}(Q)\|_\infty<\gamma∥PΩc​(Q)∥∞​<γ give unique recovery.
  4. Appendix B, proof of Theorem 2: the range (B.6) is nonempty; the unique candidate Q^∈Ω⊕T\hat Q\in\Omega\oplus TQ^​∈Ω⊕T; the bound ∥PT(M)∥≤2∥M∥\|P_T(M)\|\le2\|M\|∥PT​(M)∥≤2∥M∥; the error estimates (B.13)–(B.14); and the two strict certificate inequalities for Q^\hat QQ^​.

Significance

Theorem 2 is a deterministic exact-recovery guarantee: it involves no randomness, only the support of A⋆A^\starA⋆ and the row and column spaces of B⋆B^\starB⋆, and so it applies to any fixed instance for which μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ can be bounded. Combined with the paper's bounds of μ\muμ by the maximum number of nonzeros per row or column and of ξ\xiξ by the coherence of the singular vectors, it yields explicit sparsity-versus-incoherence trade-offs under which (1.3) succeeds. It is the starting point of the analysis of sparse-plus-low-rank decompositions in robust PCA, latent-variable graphical model selection and system identification.

The theorem is proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of it, of Propositions 1–2, or of the subdifferential characterizations (4.4)–(4.5) is known to exist. A formalization adds: a checked account of the edge cases the paper leaves implicit (a zero sparse or low-rank component, the open endpoints of the γ\gammaγ-interval), a reusable library of the two tangent spaces and their projections for the Prove2Me matrix-completion definitions, and the nuclear-norm subdifferential (Watson's theorem), which is used throughout low-rank recovery.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes down a dual certificate and checks four conditions; the work is in showing that one exists. The natural candidate Q^\hat QQ^​ is defined implicitly, as the unique element of Ω⊕T\Omega\oplus TΩ⊕T with prescribed projections onto Ω\OmegaΩ and TTT, and its existence is a linear-algebra fact about two transverse subspaces, not a formula. Bounding its components outside Ω\OmegaΩ and TTT requires coupled estimates in two different norms, the spectral norm and the entrywise maximum, related only through μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ. On the convex-analysis side, the "only if" direction of the nuclear-norm subdifferential characterization (4.5) is a genuine theorem about singular values, not a computation.

Formalization scope

Statements follow the arXiv v1 preprint (arXiv:0906.2220v1), with its numbering and page numbers. Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; the rectangular remark of §3 is not formalized. The nuclear norm, spectral norm, ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​, trace inner product, PTP_TPT​, PT⊥P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​, the SVD datum and UVTUV^{T}UVT are the published Prove2Me definitions matrix_completion_basic, matrix_completion_svd and matrix_completion_tangent. The SVD of B⋆B^\starB⋆ is an explicit argument: T(B⋆)T(B^\star)T(B⋆), UVTUV^{T}UVT and ξ(B⋆)\xi(B^\star)ξ(B⋆) are taken with respect to it, and every statement holds for every compact SVD. μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ are real suprema of bounded sets containing 000, hence maxima. Subgradients use the inequality f(x)≥f(x^)+⟨y,x−x^⟩f(x)\ge f(\hat x)+\langle y,x-\hat x\ranglef(x)≥f(x^)+⟨y,x−x^⟩; Q∈γ ∂fQ\in\gamma\,\partial fQ∈γ∂f means Q=γGQ=\gamma GQ=γG for a subgradient GGG.

"Unique optimum" is strict: every other feasible pair has strictly larger objective, so a statement only asserting that (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) minimizes the objective, or a definition of μ\muμ or ξ\xiξ that collapses to 000, does not count. The upper end of the γ\gammaγ-interval is stated as γ μ(A⋆)<1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)\gamma\,\mu(A^\star)<1-3\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)γμ(A⋆)<1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆), which is the paper's condition when μ(A⋆)>0\mu(A^\star)>0μ(A⋆)>0 and means "no upper bound" when A⋆=0A^\star=0A⋆=0; the "specifically" clause assumes A⋆≠0A^\star\neq0A⋆=0 and B⋆≠0B^\star\neq0B⋆=0 because it divides by μ(A⋆)\mu(A^\star)μ(A⋆) and needs ξ(B⋆)>0\xi(B^\star)>0ξ(B⋆)>0.

A complete development needs: the subdifferentials of the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and nuclear norms, the fixed-point and norm properties of PTP_TPT​ (in particular ∥PT(M)∥≤2∥M∥\|P_T(M)\|\le2\|M\|∥PT​(M)∥≤2∥M∥), and the direct-sum argument for Ω⊕T\Omega\oplus TΩ⊕T. The nuclear-norm subdifferential and the PTP_TPT​ bounds are reusable across all of low-rank matrix recovery. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas that shorten the Appendix B estimates, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Chandrasekaran, S. Sanghavi, P. A. Parrilo, A. S. Willsky, Rank-Sparsity Incoherence for Matrix Decomposition, arXiv:0906.2220v1, 2009; SIAM J. Optim. 21(2):572–596, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.2220, https://doi.org/10.1137/090761793
  • G. A. Watson, Characterization of the subdifferential of some matrix norms, Linear Algebra Appl. 170:33–45, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(92)90407-2
  • E. J. Candès, X. Li, Y. Ma, J. Wright, Robust Principal Component Analysis?, J. ACM 58(3), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0912.3599
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact Matrix Completion via Convex Optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9:717–772, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0805.4471
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Retailer-Supplier Flexible Commitments Contracts: A Robust Optimization Approach: With Box Demand Uncertainty the Min-Max RSFC Problem Has the Same Optimal Value on the Extreme DemandsResearch Paper

Motivation

In a flexible commitments contract a retailer announces, before a selling horizon starts, a vector of planned orders (commitments) to its supplier, who uses them to plan capacity. During the horizon the retailer may deviate from the commitments, but pays penalties for each deviation and for changes between successive commitments. Such contracts were studied with stochastic demand by Bassok and Anupindi, Tsay and Lovejoy, and others, typically by dynamic programming over a discretized state space.

Ben-Tal, Golany, Nemirovski and Vial (2005) treat the retailer's problem as a robust multiperiod linear program: demand is only known to lie in an uncertainty set, decisions may adapt to observed demand, and the retailer minimizes its worst-case total cost. Most of the paper approximates this problem by affinely adjustable decision rules. For one important case, however, the paper shows that the problem can be solved exactly: when the uncertainty set is a box, nature may be restricted to the finitely many corner trajectories of the box. That reduction, Proposition 1 of the Appendix, is the subject of this mission, together with the general principle behind it (Lemma 2), which applies to any multistage worst-case problem with polyhedral dynamics and convex polyhedral costs.

Setting

Data. There are TTT periods. Period ttt carries an ordering cost ctc_tct​, a holding cost hth_tht​, a shortage cost ptp_tpt​, penalties αt+,αt−\alpha_t^{+}, \alpha_t^{-}αt+​,αt−​ for ordering above or below the commitment, and penalties βt+,βt−\beta_t^{+}, \beta_t^{-}βt+​,βt−​ for raising or lowering the commitment relative to the previous one. A salvage value sss applies to the final inventory; put hˉt=ht\bar h_t = h_thˉt​=ht​ for t<Tt < Tt<T and hˉT=hT−s\bar h_T = h_T - shˉT​=hT​−s. The initial inventory x1x_1x1​ and a nominal previous commitment w0w_0w0​ are given, as are order bounds Lt≤qt≤UtL_t \le q_t \le U_tLt​≤qt​≤Ut​ and cumulative bounds L^t≤∑τ≤tqτ≤U^t\widehat L_t \le \sum_{\tau \le t} q_\tau \le \widehat U_tLt​≤∑τ≤t​qτ​≤Ut​, possibly infinite.

Decisions. Before any demand is observed the retailer fixes commitments wt≥0w_t \ge 0wt​≥0 and amounts ztz_tzt​. Demand d=(d1,…,dT)d = (d_1, \dots, d_T)d=(d1​,…,dT​) lies in a product set UT=U1×⋯×UT\mathcal U^T = \mathcal U_1 \times \dots \times \mathcal U_TUT=U1​×⋯×UT​. The order qtq_tqt​ and the cost bounds yt,uty_t, u_tyt​,ut​ of period ttt are decision rules, functions of the past demands dt−1=(d1,…,dt−1)d^{t-1} = (d_1, \dots, d_{t-1})dt−1=(d1​,…,dt−1​); the inventory xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ is a function of dtd^tdt. This nonanticipativity is required on trajectories of UT\mathcal U^TUT.

The min-max RSFC problem (5)–(6). A policy is feasible if for every d∈UTd \in \mathcal U^Td∈UT and every ttt: xt+1=xt+qt−dtx_{t+1} = x_t + q_t - d_txt+1​=xt​+qt​−dt​; the order and cumulative-order bounds hold; yt≥hˉtxt+1y_t \ge \bar h_t x_{t+1}yt​≥hˉt​xt+1​ and yt≥−ptxt+1y_t \ge -p_t x_{t+1}yt​≥−pt​xt+1​; ut≥αt+(qt−wt)u_t \ge \alpha_t^{+}(q_t - w_t)ut​≥αt+​(qt​−wt​) and ut≥−αt−(qt−wt)u_t \ge -\alpha_t^{-}(q_t - w_t)ut​≥−αt−​(qt​−wt​); and zt≥βt+(wt−wt−1)z_t \ge \beta_t^{+}(w_t - w_{t-1})zt​≥βt+​(wt​−wt−1​), zt≥−βt−(wt−wt−1)z_t \ge -\beta_t^{-}(w_t - w_{t-1})zt​≥−βt−​(wt​−wt−1​). The optimal value is

value⁡(U)=inf⁡feasible policies sup⁡d∈UT ∑t=1T[ctqt(dt−1)+yt(dt−1)+ut(dt−1)+zt]∈[−∞,+∞].\operatorname{value}(\mathcal U) = \inf_{\text{feasible policies}}\ \sup_{d \in \mathcal U^T}\ \sum_{t=1}^T \big[c_t q_t(d^{t-1}) + y_t(d^{t-1}) + u_t(d^{t-1}) + z_t\big] \in [-\infty, +\infty].value(U)=feasible policiesinf​ d∈UTsup​ t=1∑T​[ct​qt​(dt−1)+yt​(dt−1)+ut​(dt−1)+zt​]∈[−∞,+∞].

Box uncertainty (9)–(10). Ut=[dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡]\mathcal U_t = [d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}]Ut​=[dtmin​,dtmax​] with dtmin⁡<dtmax⁡d_t^{\min} < d_t^{\max}dtmin​<dtmax​; its extreme points are {dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡}\{d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}\}{dtmin​,dtmax​}.

Convex polyhedral functions. A function f:Rm→R∪{+∞}f : \mathbb R^m \to \mathbb R \cup \{+\infty\}f:Rm→R∪{+∞} is a c.p.f. if its domain {f<∞}\{f < \infty\}{f<∞} is the solution set of finitely many linear inequalities and fff is convex and lower semicontinuous on it. Lemma 2 concerns the generic problem (P[F0,…,FT])(P[F_0, \dots, F_T])(P[F0​,…,FT​]): minimize, over decision rules St(dt−1)∈RmtS_t(d^{t-1}) \in \mathbb R^{m_t}St​(dt−1)∈Rmt​, the worst case over d∈F0×⋯×FTd \in F_0 \times \dots \times F_Td∈F0​×⋯×FT​ of ∑t=1T+1ft(St(dt−1))\sum_{t=1}^{T+1} f_t(S_t(d^{t-1}))∑t=1T+1​ft​(St​(dt−1)), subject to A1S1≥b1A_1 S_1 \ge b_1A1​S1​≥b1​, At+1St+1≥Bt+1dt+Ct+1St+bt+1A_{t+1} S_{t+1} \ge B_{t+1} d_t + C_{t+1} S_t + b_{t+1}At+1​St+1​≥Bt+1​dt​+Ct+1​St​+bt+1​ and ∥St∥∞≤R\|S_t\|_\infty \le R∥St​∥∞​≤R.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 269)

value⁡(∏t=1T[dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡])=value⁡(∏t=1T{dtmin⁡,dtmax⁡}).\operatorname{value}\Big(\prod_{t=1}^T [d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}]\Big) = \operatorname{value}\Big(\prod_{t=1}^T \{d_t^{\min}, d_t^{\max}\}\Big).value(t=1∏T​[dtmin​,dtmax​])=value(t=1∏T​{dtmin​,dtmax​}).

The data are arbitrary reals (bounds in [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞]) and the values are compared in the extended reals, so the statement covers infeasible and unbounded instances.

Milestones

  1. The extreme points of a segment [a,b][a,b][a,b], a<ba<ba<b, are aaa and bbb.
  2. (38): for a c.p.f. val⁡\operatorname{val}val and a polytope DDD, sup⁡d∈Dval⁡(Bd+Cs+b)=sup⁡d∈ext⁡Dval⁡(Bd+Cs+b)\sup_{d \in D} \operatorname{val}(Bd + Cs + b) = \sup_{d \in \operatorname{ext} D} \operatorname{val}(Bd + Cs + b)supd∈D​val(Bd+Cs+b)=supd∈extD​val(Bd+Cs+b).
  3. val⁡(b)=min⁡{f(s):As≥b,∥s∥∞≤R}\operatorname{val}(b) = \min\{f(s) : As \ge b, \|s\|_\infty \le R\}val(b)=min{f(s):As≥b,∥s∥∞​≤R} is a c.p.f. when fff is.
  4. A c.p.f. composed with an affine map is a c.p.f.
  5. Item (a): φ(sT)=max⁡dT∈DTΦT(sT,dT)\varphi(s_T) = \max_{d_T \in D_T} \Phi_T(s_T, d_T)φ(sT​)=maxdT​∈DT​​ΦT​(sT​,dT​) and fT+φf_T + \varphifT​+φ are c.p.f.s.
  6. The Bellman reduction opt⁡(P[F0,…,FT])=opt⁡(P+[F0,…,FT−1])\operatorname{opt}(P[F_0, \dots, F_T]) = \operatorname{opt}(P_+[F_0, \dots, F_{T-1}])opt(P[F0​,…,FT​])=opt(P+​[F0​,…,FT−1​]).
  7. (39): replacing the last polytope by its extreme points leaves the optimal value unchanged.
  8. Lemma 2: opt⁡(P[D0,…,DT])=opt⁡(P[ext⁡D0,…,ext⁡DT])\operatorname{opt}(P[D_0, \dots, D_T]) = \operatorname{opt}(P[\operatorname{ext} D_0, \dots, \operatorname{ext} D_T])opt(P[D0​,…,DT​])=opt(P[extD0​,…,extDT​]) for convex polytopes DτD_\tauDτ​, D0D_0D0​ a singleton, and c.p.f. costs.
  9. For every RRR, the RSFC problem with every decision bounded by RRR has the same value on the box and on its corners.
  10. The RRR-box step, in corrected form: value⁡(box)≤value⁡R(box)\operatorname{value}(\text{box}) \le \operatorname{value}_R(\text{box})value(box)≤valueR​(box) for all RRR, value⁡(corners)≤value⁡(box)\operatorname{value}(\text{corners}) \le \operatorname{value}(\text{box})value(corners)≤value(box), and value⁡(corners)=inf⁡Rvalue⁡R(corners)\operatorname{value}(\text{corners}) = \inf_R \operatorname{value}_R(\text{corners})value(corners)=infR​valueR​(corners).

Significance

Proposition 1 turns a semi-infinite multistage problem into a finite one: with box uncertainty, the min-max RSFC problem is equivalent to a linear program over the scenario tree of the 2T2^T2T corner trajectories, problem PextP_{\text{ext}}Pext​ of §2.3. The paper uses this exact value as a benchmark for its affinely adjustable approximation in the simulation study. Lemma 2 is the transferable statement: in any multistage worst-case problem whose stage costs are convex polyhedral and whose dynamics are linear with a uniform box on the decisions, the adversary may be restricted to the vertices of each period's uncertainty polytope.

The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a reusable notion of convex polyhedral function in the extended reals, closure properties of that class (partial minimization over a polyhedral box, affine substitution, finite maxima, sums), and a formal worst-case Bellman equation for nonanticipative policies. The corrected form of the RRR-box step also records precisely when the paper's informal "for RRR large enough" argument is valid.

Difficulty

The natural argument, "a convex function attains its maximum over a polytope at a vertex", applies to one stage only. In a multistage problem the cost of the last stage depends on the earlier decisions, which depend on earlier demands, so the worst case is not a convex function of the whole trajectory. The proof must therefore pass through a dynamic programming recursion, and the class of stage costs must be closed under the recursion: the optimal last-stage value as a function of the previous decision must again be convex polyhedral. That closure (the value of a parametric problem with a convex polyhedral objective and a box constraint) is where the work is: the domain is a projection of a polyhedron, and attainment and lower semicontinuity have to be shown with infinite values allowed.

A second difficulty is bookkeeping. The RSFC problem must be rewritten as an instance of Lemma 2 with the right stage vectors so that nonanticipativity of yty_tyt​ in dt−1d^{t-1}dt−1 is preserved, and the bounded problem must be related back to the unbounded one, which can have value −∞-\infty−∞.

Formalization scope

Periods of the RSFC model are Fin T, 0-based. Policies are functions of the whole demand trajectory with nonanticipativity imposed on trajectories of the uncertainty set; a policy that sees future demand is not admissible, which rules out the clairvoyant reading under which the statement changes. Optimal values are EReal infima of suprema: +∞+\infty+∞ for infeasible problems and possibly −∞-\infty−∞, never a real sInf that would turn both into 000. The c.p.f. definition requires the domain to be exactly a finite system of linear inequalities, so it cannot be satisfied vacuously.

The standing assumptions of §2.2, s<cTs < c_Ts<cT​ and (1) hT−s≥−pTh_T - s \ge -p_ThT​−s≥−pT​, are not imposed, and no sign is assumed on any cost or penalty: Proposition 1 holds without them, so the formal statement is a generalization. The norm ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is Mathlib's default norm on Fin m → ℝ. Lemma 2's families are indexed by N\mathbb NN with the paper's indices; B t, C t stand for Bt+1B_{t+1}Bt+1​, Ct+1C_{t+1}Ct+1​. Two printed slips are corrected in the statements: (38) keeps the + bT+1+\,b_{T+1}+bT+1​ that the page drops, and the RRR-box step is stated in the corrected sandwich form because the literal claim fails when the value is −∞-\infty−∞.

Useful infrastructure: convex polyhedral functions in EReal, Fourier–Motzkin projection of polyhedra, maximum principle for convex functions on polytopes, extreme points of convex hulls of finite sets. Contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas on these topics, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, B. Golany, A. Nemirovski, J.-P. Vial, Retailer-Supplier Flexible Commitments Contracts: A Robust Optimization Approach, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(3):248–271, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1050.0081
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Mathematical Programming 99(2):351–376, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30:257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 3: The Infimal Convolution of π¹, π², π³ Bounds the Worst Case over the Intersected Families and Improves on EachResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage and multistage stochastic programs ask for decisions that react to uncertainty revealed over time. When the distribution of the uncertainty is known only partially, one optimizes against the worst distribution in a family F\mathbb FF consistent with what is known: a support set, a range for the mean, a covariance matrix, bounds on how fast the tails decay. Goh and Sim (Oper. Res. 58(4), 2010) show that once linear and deflected linear decision rules are imposed, the recourse costs of such models reduce to worst-case expectations of positive parts,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+),\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big),P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+),

of affine functions of a random vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. These quantities are generally intractable, so the paper bounds them by optimization problems that are. Each kind of partial information gives its own bound, and in practice a modeller usually has several kinds at once. Theorem 4 of the paper, the target here, combines the separate bounds into a single one that uses all of the information.

Timeline: Scarf (1958) gave, for a newsvendor problem, the worst-case expected positive part of a scalar with known mean and variance. Chen, Sim and Sun (Oper. Res. 55(6), 2007) introduced the forward and backward deviations used here to describe tails of independent components. Chen and Sim (Oper. Res. 57(2), 2009) introduced the combination of bounds by infimal convolution that Theorem 4 restates in the present setting. Goh and Sim (2010) assemble the three kinds of information into one model and use the combined bound for their bideflected linear decision rules.

Setting

A distribution P\mathbb PP is a probability measure on RNE\mathbb R^{N_E}RNE​, the law of the uncertain vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​; its mean is ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta=E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). Fix data: sets V,V^⊆RNE\mathcal V,\hat{\mathcal V}\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_E}V,V^⊆RNE​, matrices F∈RN×NEF\in\mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​, Σ∈RN×N\Sigma\in\mathbb R^{N\times N}Σ∈RN×N, Fσ∈RNσ×NEF_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma\times N_E}Fσ​∈RNσ​×NE​, a vector gσ∈RNσg_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}gσ​∈RNσ​, a set W^σ⊆RNσ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}W^σ​⊆RNσ​ and vectors σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 in RNσ\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}RNσ​. Three families encode three kinds of information:

  1. Mean and support: F1={P:ζ^∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}\mathbb F_1=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1\}F1​={P:ζ^​∈V^, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.
  2. Mean and covariance: F2={P:ζ^∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}\mathbb F_2=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)'F')=\Sigma\}F2​={P:ζ^​∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.
  3. Mean and directional deviations: F3\mathbb F_3F3​ is the set of P\mathbb PP with ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^ such that z~σ=Fσζ~+gσ\tilde z_\sigma=F_\sigma\tilde\zeta+g_\sigmaz~σ​=Fσ​ζ~​+gσ​ has independent components whose forward and backward deviations
σfP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j),σbP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPe−θ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)\sigma_{f\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}},\qquad \sigma_{b\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{-\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}}σfP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​eθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​,σbP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​e−θ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​

are at most σf,j\sigma_{f,j}σf,j​ and σb,j\sigma_{b,j}σb,j​.

The bounds are the optimal values π1,π2,π3\pi^1,\pi^2,\pi^3π1,π2,π3 of (21), (22) and (24) of the paper. For instance

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s(sup⁡ζ^∈V^s′ζ^+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),\pi^1(r^0,r)=\inf_{s}\Big(\sup_{\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}}s'\hat\zeta+\sup_{\zeta\in\mathcal V}\max\{r^0+r'\zeta-s'\zeta,-s'\zeta\}\Big),π1(r0,r)=sinf​(ζ^​∈V^sup​s′ζ^​+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),

π2\pi^2π2 is an infimum over yyy with F′y=rF'y=rF′y=r of a supremum over V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ of a Scarf-type expression, and π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over (s0,s,x0,x)(s^0,s,x^0,x)(s0,s,x0,x) with x0+x′gσ=r0x^0+x'g_\sigma=r^0x0+x′gσ​=r0, Fσ′x=rF_\sigma'x=rFσ′​x=r that involves the function

ψ(x0,x)=inf⁡λ>0λeexp⁡(1λsup⁡z^σ∈W^σ{x0+x′z^σ}+∥u∥222λ2),uj=max⁡{xjσf,j,−xjσb,j}.\psi(x^0,x)=\inf_{\lambda>0}\frac{\lambda}{e}\exp\Big(\frac1\lambda\sup_{\hat z_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma}\{x^0+x'\hat z_\sigma\}+\frac{\|u\|_2^2}{2\lambda^2}\Big),\qquad u_j=\max\{x_j\sigma_{f,j},-x_j\sigma_{b,j}\}.ψ(x0,x)=λ>0inf​eλ​exp(λ1​z^σ​∈W^σ​sup​{x0+x′z^σ​}+2λ2∥u∥22​​),uj​=max{xj​σf,j​,−xj​σb,j​}.

For S⊆{1,2,3}S\subseteq\{1,2,3\}S⊆{1,2,3} the unified bound is the infimal convolution

π(r0,r)=min⁡{∑s∈Sπs(r0,s,rs): r0=∑s∈Sr0,s, r=∑s∈Srs}.(25)\pi(r^0,r)=\min\Big\{\sum_{s\in S}\pi^s(r^{0,s},r^s):\ r^0=\sum_{s\in S}r^{0,s},\ r=\sum_{s\in S}r^s\Big\}.\qquad(25)π(r0,r)=min{s∈S∑​πs(r0,s,rs): r0=s∈S∑​r0,s, r=s∈S∑​rs}.(25)

All values lie in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞], with the paper's convention that an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞ and an infeasible maximization −∞-\infty−∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 911)

With F=⋂s∈SFs\mathbb F=\bigcap_{s\in S}\mathbb F_sF=⋂s∈S​Fs​,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)\le\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)\qquad\forall s\in S.\qquad(26)P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1, upper-bound part: sup⁡F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_1}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^1(r^0,r)supF1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r).
  2. Theorem 2, upper-bound part: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^2(r^0,r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r).
  3. Theorem 3: sup⁡F3EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π3(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_3}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^3(r^0,r)supF3​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π3(r0,r).
  4. The right inequality of (26): π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r) for every s∈Ss\in Ss∈S.

The tightness halves of Theorems 1 and 2 are the subject of the two companion missions of this series; Theorem 4 does not use them.

Significance

The unified bound turns heterogeneous partial information into one tractable upper bound. When a modeller knows a support set, a covariance and tail information for some independent factors, π\piπ is valid for the intersected family and is never worse than the best of the separate bounds; it is the bound the paper's deflected and bideflected linear decision rules (§6, (31) onward) use for every recourse term. Theorem 4 is thus the guarantee behind the paper's main approximation scheme, and the same infimal-convolution device applies to any collection of valid bounds on a common convex objective.

The theorems are proved in the paper's electronic companion. To the knowledge of this mission none of them has a machine-checked proof: the Lean library has neither a Scarf-type bound nor a bound on expected positive parts from deviation measures. Formalizing Theorem 3 in particular produces reusable facts about moment generating functions of independent sums under deviation bounds.

Difficulty

The left inequality of (26) looks like bookkeeping, but it rests on three separate bounds, each with its own argument: a weak-duality argument for π1\pi^1π1, a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for π2\pi^2π2, and an exponential-moment argument for π3\pi^3π3 that needs independence of the components of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​ to factor a moment generating function and the deviation bounds to control each factor. Each piece must be carried out with all values in the extended reals: suprema can be +∞+\infty+∞, families can be empty, and a term equal to −∞-\infty−∞ in a sum can absorb a +∞+\infty+∞. The right inequality depends on how each πs\pi^sπs behaves at the zero objective, which for π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 that is not attained. The naive idea of proving (26) by attainment of the minimum in (25) does not work: the minimum need not be attained, and the statement must hold for every feasible split.

Formalization scope

A distribution is a Measure on Fin N_E → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure; ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ is the identity map. The mean is the published MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec. F1\mathbb F_1F1​ and F3\mathbb F_3F3​ require integrable coordinates and F2\mathbb F_2F2​ finite second moments, so that means and covariances exist. P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is an almost-everywhere statement. In F3\mathbb F_3F3​, independence is iIndepFun of the coordinates of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​; every exponential moment Eeθz~σ,jE e^{\theta\tilde z_{\sigma,j}}Eeθz~σ,j​ is required finite; and the deviation bounds are the published predicates FwdDevLe, BwdDevLe applied to the law of each coordinate, which state 2θ2ln⁡Eeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)≤σf,j2\frac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}\le\sigma_{f,j}^2θ22​lnEeθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)≤σf,j2​ for all θ>0\theta>0θ>0, equivalent to the square-root form above for σf,j≥0\sigma_{f,j}\ge0σf,j​≥0.

Worst cases and bounds take values in EReal; the printed "min" of (25) and "inf" of (21), (22), (24) are read as infima, without attainment. In ψ\psiψ the supremum over W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is taken outside the increasing exponential, which gives the same value whenever W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is nonempty. The index set SSS is a nonempty Finset (Fin 3) with index 0,1,20,1,20,1,2 for the paper's 1,2,31,2,31,2,3, and vector indices are 0-based.

Two hypotheses come from the paper's model rather than its theorem statements: σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 (deviations are square roots), and Fσζ^+gσ∈W^σF_\sigma\hat\zeta+g_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaFσ​ζ^​+gσ​∈W^σ​ for every ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^, which follows from W^σ=HσW^\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma=H_\sigma\hat{\mathcal W}W^σ​=Hσ​W^, V^={ζ^:Fζ^+g∈W^}\hat{\mathcal V}=\{\hat\zeta:F\hat\zeta+g\in\hat{\mathcal W}\}V^={ζ^​:Fζ^​+g∈W^}, Fσ=HσFF_\sigma=H_\sigma FFσ​=Hσ​F and gσ=Hσgg_\sigma=H_\sigma ggσ​=Hσ​g (pp. 905, 908, 910).

The bounds are defined by (21), (22), (24) and (25) verbatim; a formalization that defines π\piπ through the worst case itself, sets some πs\pi^sπs to +∞+\infty+∞, drops the exponential integrability from F3\mathbb F_3F3​, or uses real-valued suprema (which return 000 on unbounded sets) would trivialize or falsify the statement and is ruled out.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three upper bounds, a Scarf inequality EX+≤12(EX+(EX)2+Var⁡X)E X^+\le\frac12(EX+\sqrt{(EX)^2+\operatorname{Var}X})EX+≤21​(EX+(EX)2+VarX​) as a reusable lemma, and the EReal lemmas about infimal convolutions of extended-real functions.

Selected references

  • J. Goh, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, A Robust Optimization Perspective on Stochastic Programming, Operations Research 55(6):1058–1071, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
  • W. Chen, M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0570
  • H. Scarf, A Min-Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, K. Arrow, ed., Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Functional AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Monotone+Skew Splitting Model for Composite Monotone Inclusions in Duality: The Inexact Primal–Dual Forward–Backward–Forward Iterates Converge Weakly to a Primal and a Dual SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in convex optimization, variational inequalities, mechanics, traffic equilibrium and signal processing reduce to finding a zero of a monotone operator on a Hilbert space. Frequently that operator is a sum A+L∗∘B∘LA + L^*\circ B\circ LA+L∗∘B∘L of a monotone operator and a monotone operator composed with a linear map and its adjoint, and one also wants the solution of an associated dual inclusion. The prototype is Fenchel–Rockafellar duality: with A=∂fA=\partial fA=∂f and B=∂gB=\partial gB=∂g, the pair of problems is min⁡xf(x)+g(Lx−r)−⟨x∣z⟩\min_x f(x)+g(Lx-r)-\langle x\mid z\rangleminx​f(x)+g(Lx−r)−⟨x∣z⟩ and min⁡vf∗(z−L∗v)+g∗(v)+⟨v∣r⟩\min_v f^*(z-L^*v)+g^*(v)+\langle v\mid r\rangleminv​f∗(z−L∗v)+g∗(v)+⟨v∣r⟩.

Before this paper, splitting methods for the primal problem needed BBB to be single-valued and smooth (forward–backward, or Tseng's forward–backward–forward method), or needed the resolvent of L∗∘B∘LL^*\circ B\circ LL∗∘B∘L, which has no closed form in terms of BBB and LLL in general. Briceño-Arias and Combettes (arXiv:1011.5517, SIAM J. Optim. 2011) observed that the primal–dual pair is equivalent to a single inclusion on the product space involving a maximally monotone operator plus a bounded skew linear operator. Applying an inexact forward–backward–forward method to that inclusion gives the first algorithm that solves the primal and dual inclusions simultaneously and uses AAA, BBB and LLL separately. Later primal–dual methods, including those of Combettes–Pesquet (2012), Vũ (2013) and Condat (2013), build on this construction.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH and G\mathcal GG be real Hilbert spaces. A set-valued operator M:H→2HM:\mathcal H\to2^{\mathcal H}M:H→2H assigns to each point a subset; its graph is {(x,u)∣u∈Mx}\{(x,u)\mid u\in Mx\}{(x,u)∣u∈Mx}, its inverse M−1M^{-1}M−1 has graph {(u,x)∣u∈Mx}\{(u,x)\mid u\in Mx\}{(u,x)∣u∈Mx}, and zer⁡M={x∣0∈Mx}\operatorname{zer}M=\{x\mid 0\in Mx\}zerM={x∣0∈Mx}. MMM is monotone if ⟨x−y∣u−v⟩≥0\langle x-y\mid u-v\rangle\ge0⟨x−y∣u−v⟩≥0 whenever u∈Mxu\in Mxu∈Mx, v∈Myv\in Myv∈My, and maximally monotone if no monotone operator has a strictly larger graph. For γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 the resolvent JγM=(Id+γM)−1J_{\gamma M}=(\mathrm{Id}+\gamma M)^{-1}JγM​=(Id+γM)−1 is then an everywhere-defined single-valued map.

Problem 1.1. Let A:H→2HA:\mathcal H\to2^{\mathcal H}A:H→2H and B:G→2GB:\mathcal G\to2^{\mathcal G}B:G→2G be maximally monotone, L:H→GL:\mathcal H\to\mathcal GL:H→G bounded linear, z∈Hz\in\mathcal Hz∈H, r∈Gr\in\mathcal Gr∈G. Solve the primal inclusion

z∈Ax+L∗B(Lx−r)(1.2)z\in Ax+L^*B(Lx-r)\qquad(1.2)z∈Ax+L∗B(Lx−r)(1.2)

and the dual inclusion

−r∈−LA−1(z−L∗v)+B−1v.(1.3)-r\in -LA^{-1}(z-L^*v)+B^{-1}v.\qquad(1.3)−r∈−LA−1(z−L∗v)+B−1v.(1.3)

Their solution sets are P\mathcal PP and D\mathcal DD.

Problem 1.2. On the Hilbert direct sum K=H⊕G\mathcal K=\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal GK=H⊕G set

M:(x,v)↦(−z+Ax)×(r+B−1v),S:(x,v)↦(L∗v,−Lx),M:(x,v)\mapsto(-z+Ax)\times(r+B^{-1}v),\qquad S:(x,v)\mapsto(L^*v,-Lx),M:(x,v)↦(−z+Ax)×(r+B−1v),S:(x,v)↦(L∗v,−Lx),

and find a zero of M+SM+SM+S.

The algorithm (3.1) of the paper, for step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and error sequences ai,n,bi,n,ci,na_{i,n},b_{i,n},c_{i,n}ai,n​,bi,n​,ci,n​, reads

y1,n=xn−γn(L∗vn+a1,n),y2,n=vn+γn(Lxn+a2,n),p1,n=JγnA(y1,n+γnz)+b1,n,p2,n=JγnB−1(y2,n−γnr)+b2,n,q1,n=p1,n−γn(L∗p2,n+c1,n),q2,n=p2,n+γn(Lp1,n+c2,n),xn+1=xn−y1,n+q1,n,vn+1=vn−y2,n+q2,n.\begin{aligned}y_{1,n}&=x_n-\gamma_n(L^*v_n+a_{1,n}), & y_{2,n}&=v_n+\gamma_n(Lx_n+a_{2,n}),\\ p_{1,n}&=J_{\gamma_nA}(y_{1,n}+\gamma_nz)+b_{1,n}, & p_{2,n}&=J_{\gamma_nB^{-1}}(y_{2,n}-\gamma_nr)+b_{2,n},\\ q_{1,n}&=p_{1,n}-\gamma_n(L^*p_{2,n}+c_{1,n}), & q_{2,n}&=p_{2,n}+\gamma_n(Lp_{1,n}+c_{2,n}),\\ x_{n+1}&=x_n-y_{1,n}+q_{1,n}, & v_{n+1}&=v_n-y_{2,n}+q_{2,n}.\end{aligned}y1,n​p1,n​q1,n​xn+1​​=xn​−γn​(L∗vn​+a1,n​),=Jγn​A​(y1,n​+γn​z)+b1,n​,=p1,n​−γn​(L∗p2,n​+c1,n​),=xn​−y1,n​+q1,n​,​y2,n​p2,n​q2,n​vn+1​​=vn​+γn​(Lxn​+a2,n​),=Jγn​B−1​(y2,n​−γn​r)+b2,n​,=p2,n​+γn​(Lp1,n​+c2,n​),=vn​−y2,n​+q2,n​.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Assume L≠0L\neq0L=0, z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), all six error sequences absolutely summable, ε∈ ]0,1/(∥L∥+1)[\varepsilon\in\,]0,1/(\|L\|+1)[ε∈]0,1/(∥L∥+1)[ and γn∈[ε,(1−ε)/∥L∥]\gamma_n\in[\varepsilon,(1-\varepsilon)/\|L\|]γn​∈[ε,(1−ε)/∥L∥]. Then for some xˉ∈P\bar x\in\mathcal Pxˉ∈P and vˉ∈D\bar v\in\mathcal Dvˉ∈D with z−L∗vˉ∈Axˉz-L^*\bar v\in A\bar xz−L∗vˉ∈Axˉ and vˉ∈B(Lxˉ−r)\bar v\in B(L\bar x-r)vˉ∈B(Lxˉ−r):

xn−p1,n→0,vn−p2,n→0,xn, p1,n⇀xˉ,vn, p2,n⇀vˉ,x_n-p_{1,n}\to0,\quad v_n-p_{2,n}\to0,\qquad x_n,\,p_{1,n}\rightharpoonup\bar x,\quad v_n,\,p_{2,n}\rightharpoonup\bar v,xn​−p1,n​→0,vn​−p2,n​→0,xn​,p1,n​⇀xˉ,vn​,p2,n​⇀vˉ,

and the convergence of xn,p1,nx_n,p_{1,n}xn​,p1,n​ (resp. vn,p2,nv_n,p_{2,n}vn​,p2,n​) is strong if AAA is uniformly monotone at xˉ\bar xxˉ (resp. B−1B^{-1}B−1 at vˉ\bar vvˉ).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: αn+1≤αn−βn+εn\alpha_{n+1}\le\alpha_n-\beta_n+\varepsilon_nαn+1​≤αn​−βn​+εn​ with nonnegative terms and summable εn\varepsilon_nεn​ implies (αn)(\alpha_n)(αn​) converges and ∑βn<∞\sum\beta_n<\infty∑βn​<∞. Covered by the proved platform theorem GradErrors.Deterministic.lemma_1 (Bertsekas–Tsitsiklis), of which it is the special case Y=α≥0Y=\alpha\ge0Y=α≥0, so that the alternative Yt→−∞Y_t\to-\inftyYt​→−∞ cannot occur.
  2. Lemma 2.2: a quasi-Fejér sequence whose sequential weak cluster points lie in CCC converges weakly to a point of CCC.
  3. Theorem 2.5(i)–(ii): for AAA maximally monotone and BBB monotone and β\betaβ-Lipschitz with zer⁡(A+B)≠∅\operatorname{zer}(A+B)\ne\varnothingzer(A+B)=∅, the inexact forward–backward–forward iteration has ∑∥xn−pn∥2<∞\sum\|x_n-p_n\|^2<\infty∑∥xn​−pn​∥2<∞, ∑∥yn−qn∥2<∞\sum\|y_n-q_n\|^2<\infty∑∥yn​−qn​∥2<∞, and xn,pn⇀xˉ∈zer⁡(A+B)x_n,p_n\rightharpoonup\bar x\in\operatorname{zer}(A+B)xn​,pn​⇀xˉ∈zer(A+B).
  4. Proposition 2.7(i)–(iv): MMM and M+SM+SM+S are maximally monotone; SSS is bounded linear with S∗=−SS^*=-SS∗=−S and ∥S∥=∥L∥\|S\|=\|L\|∥S∥=∥L∥; JγM(x,v)=(JγA(x+γz),JγB−1(v−γr))J_{\gamma M}(x,v)=(J_{\gamma A}(x+\gamma z),J_{\gamma B^{-1}}(v-\gamma r))JγM​(x,v)=(JγA​(x+γz),JγB−1​(v−γr)).
  5. Proposition 2.8: zer⁡(M+S)\operatorname{zer}(M+S)zer(M+S) is a closed convex subset of P×D\mathcal P\times\mathcal DP×D, and z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), P≠∅\mathcal P\ne\varnothingP=∅, zer⁡(M+S)≠∅\operatorname{zer}(M+S)\ne\varnothingzer(M+S)=∅, D≠∅\mathcal D\ne\varnothingD=∅ and −r∈ran⁡(−L∘A−1∘(z−L∗⋅)+B−1)-r\in\operatorname{ran}(-L\circ A^{-1}\circ(z-L^*\cdot)+B^{-1})−r∈ran(−L∘A−1∘(z−L∗⋅)+B−1) are equivalent.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 gives a method that handles two arbitrary maximally monotone operators coupled by an arbitrary bounded linear map, with only resolvent evaluations of AAA and B−1B^{-1}B−1 (computed in parallel) and forward applications of LLL and L∗L^*L∗. It tolerates summable errors in every step and variable step sizes, and it produces a primal and a dual solution simultaneously, assuming only that the primal problem is solvable. The paper derives from it, as instances, methods for sums of composite operators (Theorem 3.8) and for Fenchel–Rockafellar-type composite minimization (Section 4).

The theorem is proved in the literature. This mission formalizes it, which in turn requires a machine-checked inexact forward–backward–forward theorem (Theorem 2.5) and the structural facts about the monotone+skew reformulation (Propositions 2.7, 2.8). These intermediate results are reusable for the descendants of this algorithm. No machine-checked proof of Theorem 3.1, of Theorem 2.5, or of the quasi-Fejér Lemma 2.2 is known to the mission's authors. On Prove2Me, CondatPD.FB.lemma_4_4 (inexact forward–backward with a cocoercive operator) and CondatPD.FB.theorem_3_1 (Condat's primal–dual method) concern related algorithms; CondatPD.PPA.A_maximal_monotone is an open subdifferential special case of Proposition 2.7(iii).

Difficulty

The obvious route, applying a known splitting method directly to A1+A2A_1+A_2A1​+A2​ with A2=L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)A_2=L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r)A2​=L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r), fails: A2A_2A2​ need not be maximally monotone, and its resolvent cannot be computed from that of BBB. The reformulation on K\mathcal KK avoids this, but at a cost. M+SM+SM+S is not a subdifferential, SSS is not cocoercive (it is skew, so ⟨Sx∣x⟩=0\langle Sx\mid x\rangle=0⟨Sx∣x⟩=0), and forward–backward theory does not apply; one needs the forward–backward–forward method with Lipschitz, merely monotone SSS. Proving that method's convergence with errors requires quasi-Fejér analysis in a possibly infinite-dimensional space, where bounded sequences only have weakly convergent subsequences and the limit must be identified through the maximal monotonicity of M+SM+SM+S, whose graph is sequentially closed in the weak–strong topology. The strong convergence clauses (iii)–(iv) need a further estimate, since uniform monotonicity of AAA at xˉ\bar xxˉ does not by itself control the coupled iterate.

Formalization scope

  • Hilbert spaces are [NormedAddCommGroup E] [InnerProductSpace ℝ E] [CompleteSpace E]; set-valued operators are maps E → Set E. Monotonicity, maximal monotonicity (no proper monotone extension of the graph), zer, the resolvent predicate IsResolvent, weak convergence WeakTendsto (⟨un,y⟩→⟨u,y⟩\langle u_n,y\rangle\to\langle u,y\rangle⟨un​,y⟩→⟨u,y⟩ for all yyy), opInv and opAdd are imported from published platform definitions.
  • K=H⊕G\mathcal K=\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal GK=H⊕G is WithLp 2 (H × G), whose inner product is ⟨x∣x′⟩+⟨v∣v′⟩\langle x\mid x'\rangle+\langle v\mid v'\rangle⟨x∣x′⟩+⟨v∣v′⟩; the plain product would carry the sup norm.
  • Resolvents are given maps with the resolvent property, one per iteration since γn\gamma_nγn​ varies: JA n satisfies γn−1(w−JnAw)∈A(JnAw)\gamma_n^{-1}(w-J^A_nw)\in A(J^A_nw)γn−1​(w−JnA​w)∈A(JnA​w) for all www, and likewise for B−1B^{-1}B−1. For maximally monotone operators and γn>0\gamma_n>0γn​>0 such maps exist (Minty's theorem) and are unique, so quantifying over them is the paper's statement. Proposition 2.7(iv) is stated as "the product map is a resolvent of γM\gamma MγM", which is the equality by uniqueness.
  • "Absolutely summable" is Summable (fun n => ‖a n‖); indices start at 000; ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥ is the operator norm and L≠0L\ne0L=0 is kept, so the step-size window is nonempty.
  • "S∈B(K)S\in\mathcal B(\mathcal K)S∈B(K)" is the existence of a continuous linear operator equal to SSS pointwise, whose adjoint is its negative and whose norm is ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥.
  • "Uniformly monotone at xxx" (Lemma 2.4(i)) uses a nondecreasing ϕ:[0,∞[→[0,+∞]\phi:[0,\infty[\to[0,+\infty]ϕ:[0,∞[→[0,+∞] vanishing only at 000, compared in EReal, against every point of the graph. It is neither strong monotonicity nor uniform monotonicity on a set.
  • Lemma 2.1 is not restated: the mission references the proved platform theorem GradErrors.Deterministic.lemma_1, of which it is a special case.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The resolvents are constrained by their defining property (an unconstrained map would make the goal false), the existence hypothesis is the paper's only one (z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), not a dual solution or a zero of M+SM+SM+S), and the hypotheses are satisfiable (H=G=R\mathcal H=\mathcal G=\mathbb RH=G=R, A=B=0A=B=0A=B=0, L=IdL=\mathrm{Id}L=Id is a checked instance).

The mission needs Minty-type facts (existence of resolvents), demiclosedness of maximally monotone graphs, sums of a maximally monotone and a Lipschitz monotone operator, and quasi-Fejér/Opial arguments in Hilbert space. None of these is in Mathlib in this form, and all are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward any of the milestones, or toward this general infrastructure, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. M. Briceño-Arias, P. L. Combettes, A monotone+skew splitting model for composite monotone inclusions in duality, arXiv:1011.5517v1 (2010); SIAM J. Optim. 21 (2011) 1230–1250. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.5517v1 , https://doi.org/10.1137/10081602X
  • P. Tseng, A modified forward-backward splitting method for maximal monotone mappings, SIAM J. Control Optim. 38 (2000) 431–446. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012998338806
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-9467-7
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient convergence in gradient methods with errors, SIAM J. Optim. 10 (2000) 627–642. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • P. L. Combettes, J.-C. Pesquet, Primal-dual splitting algorithm for solving inclusions with mixtures of composite, Lipschitzian, and parallel-sum type monotone operators, Set-Valued Var. Anal. 20 (2012) 307–330. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-011-0191-y
  • B. C. Vũ, A splitting algorithm for dual monotone inclusions involving cocoercive operators, Adv. Comput. Math. 38 (2013) 667–681. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10444-011-9254-8
  • L. Condat, A primal–dual splitting method for convex optimization involving Lipschitzian, proximable and linear composite terms, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 158 (2013) 460–479. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0245-9
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Semidefinite-Quadratic-Linear Programs Using SDPT3: The HKM and NT Search Directions of Second-Order Cone Programming Are Invariant Under Automorphic ScalingResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order cone programming (SOCP) minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a product of Lorentz cones. It contains convex quadratically constrained programs, robust linear programs with ellipsoidal uncertainty, and many norm-minimization problems, and it is solved in practice by primal–dual interior-point methods. At each iteration such a method computes a search direction from a linearized, symmetrized form of the complementarity conditions; the symmetrization depends on a scaling matrix GGG, and different choices of GGG give different directions. The two directions used in practice are the HKM direction (Helmberg–Rendl–Vanderbei–Wolkowicz, Kojima–Shindoh–Hara, Monteiro) and the NT direction (Nesterov–Todd).

A desirable property of a search direction is scale invariance: if the problem is transformed by an automorphism of the cone, the direction computed for the transformed problem is the image of the original direction. A scale-invariant method behaves identically on all problems related by such a change of coordinates, so its behaviour does not depend on an arbitrary choice of coordinates within each cone.

Timeline. Tsuchiya (1999, Optim. Methods Softw. 11 & 12, pp. 141–182; reference [27] of the paper) proved that the HKM and NT directions for SOCP are scale invariant, with a two-page argument for each. Tütüncü, Toh and Todd (2003), in the paper that describes the solver SDPT3 version 3.0, derived closed forms for the blocks (Ei)−1Fi(\mathcal E_i)^{-1}\mathcal F_i(Ei​)−1Fi​ of the Schur complement matrix ((23) for HKM, (29) for NT) and used them to give a short proof of Tsuchiya's result (their Proposition 1).

Setting

There are nqn_qnq​ second-order cone blocks. Block iii has dimension qi≥1q_i \ge 1qi​≥1, and a vector xi∈Rqix_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}xi​∈Rqi​ is split into its first coordinate xi0x_i^0xi0​ and the rest xi1x_i^1xi1​. The cone is Kqqi={x:x0≥∥x1∥2}K_q^{q_i} = \{x : x^0 \ge \|x^1\|_2\}Kqqi​​={x:x0≥∥x1∥2​}, and with Jˉ=diag⁡(1,−I)\bar J = \operatorname{diag}(1, -I)Jˉ=diag(1,−I) and J=−JˉJ = -\bar JJ=−Jˉ, the function γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩=x⊤Jˉx\gamma(x) = \sqrt{(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle} = \sqrt{x^\top \bar J x}γ(x)=(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩​=x⊤Jˉx​ is defined on the cone.

The data are matrices Ai∈Rqi×mA_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i \times m}Ai​∈Rqi​×m, a vector b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm and vectors ci∈Rqic_i \in \mathbb R^{q_i}ci​∈Rqi​. The primal problem minimizes ∑i⟨ci,xi⟩\sum_i \langle c_i, x_i \rangle∑i​⟨ci​,xi​⟩ subject to ∑iAi⊤xi=b\sum_i A_i^\top x_i = b∑i​Ai⊤​xi​=b and xi∈Kqqix_i \in K_q^{q_i}xi​∈Kqqi​​; the dual maximizes b⊤yb^\top yb⊤y subject to Aiy+zi=ciA_i y + z_i = c_iAi​y+zi​=ci​ and zi∈Kqqiz_i \in K_q^{q_i}zi​∈Kqqi​​.

The arrow matrix of vvv is Arw⁡(v)=(v0(v1)⊤v1v0I)\operatorname{Arw}(v) = \begin{pmatrix} v^0 & (v^1)^\top \\ v^1 & v^0 I \end{pmatrix}Arw(v)=(v0v1​(v1)⊤v0I​). Given an interior iterate (x,y,z)(x, y, z)(x,y,z) and a scaling block GiG_iGi​, set

Ei=Arw⁡(Gi−1zi) Gi,Fi=Arw⁡(Gixi) Gi−1,TGi(xi,zi)=Arw⁡(Gixi)(Gi−1zi).\mathcal E_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i)\, G_i, \qquad \mathcal F_i = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)\, G_i^{-1}, \qquad T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i) = \operatorname{Arw}(G_i x_i)(G_i^{-1} z_i).Ei​=Arw(Gi−1​zi​)Gi​,Fi​=Arw(Gi​xi​)Gi−1​,TGi​​(xi​,zi​)=Arw(Gi​xi​)(Gi−1​zi​).

With μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​ and a centering parameter σ\sigmaσ, a search direction (Δx,Δy,Δz)(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z)(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system

AiΔy+Δzi=ci−zi−Aiy,∑iAi⊤Δxi=b−∑iAi⊤xi,EiΔxi+FiΔzi=σμ e1−TGi(xi,zi).A_i \Delta y + \Delta z_i = c_i - z_i - A_i y, \qquad \sum_i A_i^\top \Delta x_i = b - \sum_i A_i^\top x_i, \qquad \mathcal E_i \Delta x_i + \mathcal F_i \Delta z_i = \sigma\mu\, e_1 - T_{G_i}(x_i, z_i).Ai​Δy+Δzi​=ci​−zi​−Ai​y,i∑​Ai⊤​Δxi​=b−i∑​Ai⊤​xi​,Ei​Δxi​+Fi​Δzi​=σμe1​−TGi​​(xi​,zi​).

The HKM direction takes GiG_iGi​ from the explicit formula (19) in ziz_izi​; the NT direction takes GiG_iGi​ from (20)–(21) in xix_ixi​ and ziz_izi​.

The automorphism group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ of KqqiK_q^{q_i}Kqqi​​ consists of the invertible linear maps FFF with FKqqi=KqqiF K_q^{q_i} = K_q^{q_i}FKqqi​​=Kqqi​​; these are exactly the matrices with F⊤JˉF=λ2JˉF^\top \bar J F = \lambda^2 \bar JF⊤JˉF=λ2Jˉ for some λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and F00>0F_{00} > 0F00​>0. Scaling by F=diag⁡(F1,…,Fnq)F = \operatorname{diag}(F_1, \dots, F_{n_q})F=diag(F1​,…,Fnq​​) sends the data and iterate to A^i=Fi−1Ai\hat A_i = F_i^{-1} A_iA^i​=Fi−1​Ai​, b^=b\hat b = bb^=b, c^i=Fi−1ci\hat c_i = F_i^{-1} c_ic^i​=Fi−1​ci​, x^i=Fi⊤xi\hat x_i = F_i^\top x_ix^i​=Fi⊤​xi​, y^=y\hat y = yy^​=y, z^i=Fi−1zi\hat z_i = F_i^{-1} z_iz^i​=Fi−1​zi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 11)

For either direction (HKM or NT), every interior iterate, every σ\sigmaσ, and every choice of Fi∈GiF_i \in \mathcal G_iFi​∈Gi​,

(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)  ⟺  (F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^,z^).(\Delta x, \Delta y, \Delta z) \text{ solves the Newton system for } (A, b, c; x, y, z) \iff (F^\top \Delta x,\ \Delta y,\ F^{-1} \Delta z) \text{ solves it for } (\hat A, \hat b, \hat c; \hat x, \hat y, \hat z).(Δx,Δy,Δz) solves the Newton system for (A,b,c;x,y,z)⟺(F⊤Δx, Δy, F−1Δz) solves it for (A^,b^,c^;x^,y^​,z^).

Milestones

In attack order: the identities (31) for FFF with F⊤JˉF=JˉF^\top \bar J F = \bar JF⊤JˉF=Jˉ; the Schur complement reduction (10)–(15); Arw⁡(Gi−1zi)=I\operatorname{Arw}(G_i^{-1} z_i) = IArw(Gi−1​zi​)=I for HKM; the HKM closed forms (23) and (24)–(25); the right-hand-side formula (28) for both directions; the HKM invariance step of the proof; the NT identities Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ and (29); the NT block formula (30); and the NT invariance step of the proof.

Significance

The proposition shows that SDPT3's two second-order-cone directions do not depend on how each cone is coordinatized. The closed forms (23), (24), (29) and (30) are what SDPT3 uses to assemble the Schur complement matrix: they show that each block is a diagonal matrix plus a low-rank term, which is the basis for its sparse and Sherman–Morrison–Woodbury handling of large cones.

The result is proved twice in the literature (Tsuchiya 1999 and this paper). As far as is known, neither proof has been machine-checked, and no formal library contains the HKM or NT scalings, the arrow matrix of the Jordan algebra of the Lorentz cone, or its automorphism group. This mission produces those definitions and a checked proof. The printed proof assumes Fi⊤JˉFi=JˉF_i^\top \bar J F_i = \bar JFi⊤​JˉFi​=Jˉ, that is λ=1\lambda = 1λ=1; the goal covers the whole group Gi\mathcal G_iGi​, so a complete formalization also closes the case λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, where (31) and the remark that ωi\omega_iωi​ is unchanged no longer hold as printed.

Difficulty

Every step is linear algebra, but none is a one-line rewrite. The inverse of Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ appears everywhere, so one first needs invertibility of GiG_iGi​ and Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ for interior iterates, and the HKM and NT scalings must be shown to satisfy Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ and Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​ respectively, which are identities involving γ\gammaγ, square roots and the denominators γ(z)+z0\gamma(z) + z^0γ(z)+z0 and 1+t01 + t^01+t0. Transporting the Newton system directly through FFF fails: Ei\mathcal E_iEi​ and Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ are built from GiG_iGi​, which is not equivariant in an obvious way, and the HKM scaling at z^i\hat z_iz^i​ is not Fi−1GiF_i^{-1} G_iFi−1​Gi​. For λ≠1\lambda \ne 1λ=1, the quantities γ\gammaγ, ω\omegaω and ttt scale by powers of λ\lambdaλ, and these factors must be tracked until they cancel.

Formalization scope

A block of dimension qiq_iqi​ is Fin (d i + 1) → ℝ, so qi=di+1≥1q_i = d_i + 1 \ge 1qi​=di​+1≥1; xi0x_i^0xi0​ is index 0 and xi1x_i^1xi1​ the indices Fin.succ j. Mathlib's norm on this type is the sup norm, so every Euclidean quantity is written through Jˉ\bar JJˉ. Interior points are encoded by x0>0x^0 > 0x0>0 and (x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0(x^0)^2 - \langle x^1, x^1 \rangle > 0(x0)2−⟨x1,x1⟩>0. Matrix inverses are Matrix.inv, which is 000 on singular input; the milestones that invert a matrix state its invertibility.

Standing assumptions: the problem is a pure SOCP (ns=nl=0n_s = n_l = 0ns​=nl​=0); the iterate is interior; μ=⟨x,z⟩/nq\mu = \langle x, z \rangle / n_qμ=⟨x,z⟩/nq​. The paper's assumption that AAA has full row rank is dropped, because the goal is stated for solution sets of the Newton system and needs no uniqueness. Gi\mathcal G_iGi​ is encoded algebraically (positive multiples of orthochronous Lorentz transformations) rather than as {F:FK=K}\{F : F K = K\}{F:FK=K}, so that the goal does not require the classification of cone automorphisms. The goal assumes nothing about the scaled iterate; its interiority is a consequence.

The Newton system is defined by its raw rows with Ei\mathcal E_iEi​, Fi\mathcal F_iFi​ from (8) and GiG_iGi​ from (19)/(21). A formalization that defined the direction through the closed forms (23)/(29), or defined GiG_iGi​ implicitly by Gie1=ziG_i e_1 = z_iGi​e1​=zi​ or Gixi=Gi−1ziG_i x_i = G_i^{-1} z_iGi​xi​=Gi−1​zi​, would make the goal nearly definitional and is ruled out.

Reusable infrastructure: the arrow matrix and γ\gammaγ of the Lorentz cone, the HKM and NT scalings, and the algebra of Lorentz transformations. Contributions toward any milestone, and alternative proofs of the goal that bypass the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. H. Tütüncü, K. C. Toh, M. J. Todd, Solving semidefinite-quadratic-linear programs using SDPT3, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 189–217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0347-5
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11 & 12 (1999) 141–182 (reference [27] of the SDPT3 paper; no stable link recorded).
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods in convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22 (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization IV: The Nesterov–Todd Scaling of a Quadratic or Rotated Quadratic Cone Is W = −Q + (e₁ + w)(e₁ + w)ᵀ/(1 + w₁)Research Paper

Why the Nesterov–Todd scaling of a second-order cone matters

Conic quadratic (second-order cone) programs are solved in practice by primal-dual interior-point methods. Each iteration solves a Newton system for the central-path equations, and for non-polyhedral cones that system is only guaranteed to be well posed after the problem is scaled: the primal point xxx and the dual slack sss are transformed by a matrix ΘW\Theta WΘW chosen from the current iterate. Among the scalings analysed by Monteiro and Tsuchiya (2000), the best complexity bounds are obtained with the Nesterov–Todd (NT) scaling of Nesterov and Todd (1997), which maps xxx and sss to the same point.

Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (2003) describe the conic quadratic interior-point solver of MOSEK. Their Lemma 4.2 gives the NT scaling in closed form for each of the three cone types they use. It is what makes the NT direction cheap: each cone block of WWW is determined by one vector www, and WWW, W2W^2W2 and their inverses can be applied in time linear in the dimension. For the quadratic cone the formula goes back to Tsuchiya (1999); the paper re-derives it and extends it to the rotated quadratic cone.

Setting

Fix one cone block of dimension ddd. Coordinates are x=(x1,…,xd)x = (x_1,\dots,x_d)x=(x1​,…,xd​), xk:dx_{k:d}xk:d​ denotes the subvector of coordinates k,…,dk,\dots,dk,…,d, and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The block is one of

  • the positive half-line R+\mathbb R_+R+​ (d=1d=1d=1), with T=Q=1T = Q = 1T=Q=1;
  • the quadratic cone Kq={x:x1≥∥x2:d∥}K^q = \{x : x_1 \ge \|x_{2:d}\|\}Kq={x:x1​≥∥x2:d​∥} (d≥1d\ge1d≥1), with T=IT = IT=I and Q=diag⁡(1,−1,…,−1)Q = \operatorname{diag}(1,-1,\dots,-1)Q=diag(1,−1,…,−1);
  • the rotated quadratic cone Kr={x:2x1x2≥∥x3:d∥2, x1,x2≥0}K^r = \{x : 2x_1x_2 \ge \|x_{3:d}\|^2,\ x_1,x_2\ge0\}Kr={x:2x1​x2​≥∥x3:d​∥2, x1​,x2​≥0} (d≥2d\ge2d≥2), with TTT the identity except for the leading block 12[111−1]\tfrac1{\sqrt2}\begin{bmatrix}1&1\\1&-1\end{bmatrix}2​1​[11​1−1​], and QQQ the matrix with Q12=Q21=1Q_{12} = Q_{21} = 1Q12​=Q21​=1, Qjj=−1Q_{jj} = -1Qjj​=−1 for j≥3j\ge3j≥3, and zeros elsewhere.

A scaling matrix (Definition 3.3) is a symmetric positive definite WWW with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q. For θ>0\theta>0θ>0 the scaled points are xˉ=θWx\bar x = \theta W xxˉ=θWx and sˉ=(θW)−1s\bar s = (\theta W)^{-1}ssˉ=(θW)−1s. The pair (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) is an NT scaling of (x,s)(x, s)(x,s) when xˉ=sˉ\bar x = \bar sxˉ=sˉ, equation (28); equivalently s=θ2W2xs = \theta^2W^2xs=θ2W2x, equation (29).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.2 (p. 15)

For x,sx, sx,s in the interior of the cone:

  1. every NT scaling satisfies
θ2=sTQsxTQx;(30)\theta^2 = \sqrt{\frac{s^TQs}{x^TQx}};\qquad(30)θ2=xTQxsTQs​​;(30)
  1. with this θ\thetaθ and
w=θ−1s+θQx2xTs+xTQx sTQs,(32)w = \frac{\theta^{-1}s + \theta Qx}{\sqrt2\sqrt{x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}}},\qquad(32)w=2​xTs+xTQxsTQs​​θ−1s+θQx​,(32)

the following matrices WWW make (θ,W)(\theta, W)(θ,W) an NT scaling: W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2W = \theta^{-1}(X^{-1}S)^{1/2}W=θ−1(X−1S)1/2 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​;

W=[w1w2:dTw2:dI+w2:dw2:dT1+w1]=−Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T1+e1Tw(31)W = \begin{bmatrix} w_1 & w_{2:d}^T\\ w_{2:d} & I + \frac{w_{2:d}w_{2:d}^T}{1+w_1}\end{bmatrix} = -Q + \frac{(e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^Tw}\qquad(31)W=[w1​w2:d​​w2:dT​I+1+w1​w2:d​w2:dT​​​]=−Q+1+e1T​w(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T​(31)

for KqK^qKq; and

W=−Q+(Te1+w)(Te1+w)T1+e1TTw(34)W = -Q + \frac{(Te_1+w)(Te_1+w)^T}{1+e_1^TTw}\qquad(34)W=−Q+1+e1T​Tw(Te1​+w)(Te1​+w)T​(34)

for KrK^rKr. In the last two cases W2=−Q+2wwTW^2 = -Q + 2ww^TW2=−Q+2wwT, equations (33) and (35).

Milestones

Lemma 3.3 i)–iii) (scaling preserves xTsx^TsxTs and rescales xTQxx^TQxxTQx, sTQss^TQssTQs by θ±2\theta^{\pm2}θ±2); (30) on its own; the normalization w12−∥w2:d∥2=1w_1^2 - \|w_{2:d}\|^2 = 1w12​−∥w2:d​∥2=1 and the square (62) of the arrow form (31); positivity of the radicand of (32); the identity 2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQx sTQs2\theta^2(w^Tx)^2 = x^Ts + \sqrt{x^TQx\,s^TQs}2θ2(wTx)2=xTs+xTQxsTQs​ and the formula (32); for the rotated cone, the transport (63) by TTT, the identities θ^=θ\hat\theta = \thetaθ^=θ and w^=Tw\hat w = Tww^=Tw, and TWT=W^TWT = \hat WTWT=W^. Two companions: Lemma 4.3, (θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q(\theta W)^{-2} = \theta^{-2}QW^2Q(θW)−2=θ−2QW2Q, and Lemma 3.3 iv), that a scaling maps the cone and its interior onto themselves.

Significance

The result. Lemma 4.2 turns the NT scaling, defined implicitly by (28), into explicit data: one scalar θ\thetaθ and one vector www per cone. Combined with Lemma 4.3 it shows that every product with WWW, W2W^2W2 or their inverses in the scaled Newton system (27) is a rank-one correction of a signature matrix, which is what the paper's implementation relies on. The rotated-cone formula (34) is the paper's own addition and is what lets rotated cones be handled natively instead of through a change of variables.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version is known to exist, and the platform has no formalization of second-order-cone scalings. The work is the matrix algebra of the Lorentz group — the signature matrix QQQ, the matrices with WQW=QWQW = QWQW=Q, and their action on KqK^qKq and KrK^rKr — which is reusable for every second-order-cone algorithm.

Difficulty

Most of the items are finite-dimensional identities, but they are identities between block matrices of arbitrary size with entries that are nested square roots, and they hold only on the interior of the cone, where the radicands are positive. The derivation in the paper runs backwards: it assumes WWW has the shape (31) and solves for www, taking a square root without fixing its sign. The goal asks for the forward direction — that the displayed θ\thetaθ, www, WWW do satisfy (28) and W≻0W\succ0W≻0 — which needs the normalization wTQw=1w^TQw = 1wTQw=1, positive definiteness of −Q+(e1+w)(e1+w)T/(1+w1)-Q + (e_1+w)(e_1+w)^T/(1+w_1)−Q+(e1​+w)(e1​+w)T/(1+w1​), and, for the rotated cone, the reduction to the quadratic cone through TTT with TT=ITT = ITT=I and TQrT=QqTQ^rT = Q^qTQrT=Qq.

Formalization scope

  • Per block. Every statement is made for one cone block. Θ\ThetaΘ and WWW are block diagonal (pp. 11–12), so this is the paper's statement block by block. The cone type is the parameter kind : ConeKind, and vectors are Fin d → ℝ.
  • Index base and norms. The paper's x1x_1x1​ is coordinate 0. ∥x2:d∥2\|x_{2:d}\|^2∥x2:d​∥2 is written as a sum of squares (tailSq x 1); Mathlib's norm on Fin d → ℝ, which is the sup norm, is never used.
  • Interiors. The interiors are given by strict inequalities. The paper never defines int⁡(K)\operatorname{int}(K)int(K) concretely; these coincide with the topological interiors.
  • Added hypotheses. All are disclosed in the items:
    • the dimension conventions (d=1d=1d=1 for R+\mathbb R_+R+​, d≥1d\ge1d≥1 for KqK^qKq, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 for KrK^rKr), which the paper leaves implicit;
    • θ>0\theta>0θ>0 in Definition 3.3, which the paper calls positive definite on p. 24;
    • 1+w1>01+w_1>01+w1​>0 wherever the page divides by 1+w11+w_11+w1​;
    • wTx>0w^Tx>0wTx>0 for the last step of the derivation of (32), where the page silently fixes this sign.
  • Inverses. The matrix inverse is Mathlib's total inverse. The NT predicate always contains W≻0W\succ0W≻0, so (28) never reads the junk value of a singular inverse.
  • Reading of Lemma 4.2. The lemma names θ\thetaθ and WWW without quantifying them. The goal states (30) for every NT scaling and asserts that the displayed formulas are an NT scaling. It does not claim that the NT scaling is unique, which the paper does not prove.
  • Ruling out a trivial formalization. Stating only (30) would allow a version that holds vacuously if no NT scaling existed. Part 2 of the goal is what excludes this, and a sanity check exhibits θ=1\theta = 1θ=1, W=IW = IW=I at x=s=e1x = s = e_1x=s=e1​ in KqK^qKq for d=2d=2d=2.

A complete development needs:

  • the cone definitions and the matrices TTT, QQQ;
  • Mathlib's Matrix.PosDef and Matrix.inv;
  • elementary real square-root algebra.

Lemmas about {W:W≻0, WQW=Q}\{W : W\succ0,\ WQW = Q\}{W:W≻0, WQW=Q} (closure under products and inverses, invariance of KqK^qKq) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for positive definiteness of (31).

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277; authors' preprint of 18 Dec 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • Yu. E. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1) (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • R. D. C. Monteiro, T. Tsuchiya, Polynomial convergence of primal-dual algorithms for the second-order cone program based on the MZ-family of directions, Mathematical Programming 88(1) (2000) 61–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011378
  • T. Tsuchiya, A convergence analysis of the scaling-invariant primal-dual path-following algorithms for second-order cone programming, Optimization Methods and Software 11–12 (1999) 141–182. https://doi.org/10.1080/10556789908805750
  • F. Alizadeh, D. Goldfarb, Second-order cone programming, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0339-5
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 2: Under a Mean Set and a Known Covariance, the Bound π² Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Many operations models contain terms of the form EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+): expected shortfall or overflow of an affine function of an uncertain vector. Inventory and newsvendor costs, penalties for violated soft constraints, and the Conditional Value-at-Risk of a linear decision rule all reduce to it. In practice the distribution P\mathbb PP of the uncertainty is rarely known; what is known are a few descriptive statistics, such as a range for the mean and an estimate of the covariance. Distributionally robust optimization then replaces the expectation by its supremum over every distribution consistent with that information.

The question goes back to Scarf (1958), who solved a single-product newsvendor problem against the worst distribution with known mean μ\muμ and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2, using the fact that sup⁡E(X+)=12(μ+μ2+σ2)\sup E(X^+) = \tfrac12\big(\mu + \sqrt{\mu^2 + \sigma^2}\big)supE(X+)=21​(μ+μ2+σ2​) over such laws; Gallego and Moon (1993) simplified the argument. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (2003) obtained conic representations of worst-case Value-at-Risk under mean and covariance information, and Delage and Ye (2010) studied stochastic programs with uncertain mean and covariance. Goh and Sim (2010) use bounds of this kind inside a general framework for linear optimization under uncertainty with recourse: after a piecewise-linear decision rule is introduced, every expectation in the reformulated problem is of the form above, and the framework needs a tractable, ideally exact, value for its worst case. Section 5.2 of the paper provides it when the information consists of a set containing the mean and the exact covariance.

Setting

A primitive uncertainty z~∈RN\tilde z \in \mathbb R^{N}z~∈RN is represented through a segregated uncertainty ζ~∈RNE\tilde\zeta \in \mathbb R^{N_E}ζ~​∈RNE​, NE≥NN_E \ge NNE​≥N, and a fixed matrix F∈RN×NEF \in \mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​ and vector g∈RNg \in \mathbb R^{N}g∈RN with z~=Fζ~+g\tilde z = F\tilde\zeta + gz~=Fζ~​+g (equation (9) of the paper). The paper notes that FFF has full row rank. Write n=NEn = N_En=NE​.

The distributional information is:

  • a set V^⊆Rn\hat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^{n}V^⊆Rn known to contain the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​) (the mean is uncertain, its "support" is V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^);
  • the exact covariance Σ∈RN×N\Sigma \in \mathbb R^{N \times N}Σ∈RN×N of the primitive vector z~\tilde zz~.

The family is

F2={P: ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}.\mathbb F_2 = \Big\{\mathbb P :\ \hat\zeta = E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}\big(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F'\big) = \Sigma\Big\}.F2​={P: ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.

For r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^{n}r∈Rn the worst-case expected positive part is sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)supP∈F2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), and the bound of (22) is

π2(r0,r)=inf⁡y: F′y=r sup⁡ζ^∈V^{12(r0+r′ζ^)+12(r0+r′ζ^)2+y′Σy}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{y:\, F'y = r}\ \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} \Big\{ \tfrac12 (r^0 + r'\hat\zeta) + \tfrac12 \sqrt{(r^0 + r'\hat\zeta)^2 + y'\Sigma y} \Big\}.π2(r0,r)=y:F′y=rinf​ ζ^​∈V^sup​{21​(r0+r′ζ^​)+21​(r0+r′ζ^​)2+y′Σy​}.

Following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞; all values are in [−∞,+∞][-\infty, +\infty][−∞,+∞].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 910)

For FFF of full row rank, Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite and V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty,

sup⁡P∈F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^2(r^0, r) \qquad \text{for all } r^0, r.P∈F2​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π2(r0,r)for all r0,r.

This is an exact identity; it contains no constants that later work could improve.

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 2: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^2(r^0, r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r), with no hypotheses.
  2. Remark after Theorem 2: for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0, f(u)=12u+12u2+y′Σyf(u) = \tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y}f(u)=21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​ is nondecreasing in uuu.
  3. (23): for Σ⪰0\Sigma \succeq 0Σ⪰0 and V^≠∅\hat{\mathcal V} \neq \emptysetV^=∅,
π2(r0,r)=inf⁡u, y{12u+12u2+y′Σy: r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^≤u, F′y=r}.\pi^2(r^0, r) = \inf_{u,\, y}\Big\{\tfrac12 u + \tfrac12\sqrt{u^2 + y'\Sigma y} :\ r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \hat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zeta \le u,\ F'y = r\Big\}.π2(r0,r)=u,yinf​{21​u+21​u2+y′Σy​: r0+ζ^​∈V^sup​r′ζ^​≤u, F′y=r}.
  1. Tightness part of Theorem 2: π2(r0,r)≤sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^2(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb F_2} E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π2(r0,r)≤supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) under the goal's hypotheses.

Significance

Theorem 2 says that the deterministic problem (22) evaluates the worst case exactly, not merely bounds it. Through (23) it becomes a second-order cone program whenever V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is conic representable, so distributionally robust constraints and objectives with mean–covariance information can be handed to an off-the-shelf conic solver without loss. In the paper, π2\pi^2π2 is one of three building blocks (with the mean–support bound π1\pi^1π1 and the directional-deviation bound π3\pi^3π3) that are combined by infimal convolution into the unified bound of Theorem 4, which in turn prices the deflected linear decision rules of §6. Specialized to N=nN = nN=n, F=IF = IF=I and a singleton mean set, it recovers Scarf's mean–variance bound.

The theorem is proved in the paper's online appendix; no machine-checked proof of it, nor of Scarf's bound in this multivariate form, is known to exist. A formalization would certify the exact value, including the cases the printed statement treats only implicitly: rrr outside the range of F′F'F′ (both sides +∞+\infty+∞), a degenerate quadratic form y′Σy=0y'\Sigma y = 0y′Σy=0, and unbounded mean sets.

Difficulty

The upper bound is a moment inequality and is the easier half. The difficulty is tightness. The supremum over F2\mathbb F_2F2​ is in general not attained, so the proof must exhibit, for every point of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^, distributions on Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn that meet the full covariance constraint on Fζ~F\tilde\zetaFζ~​ exactly while driving the expected positive part of the single linear functional r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​ to the bound. The constraint fixes N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2N(N+1)/2 second moments, not just the variance of r′ζ~r'\tilde\zetar′ζ~​, so the scalar extremal laws behind Scarf's bound do not directly give members of F2\mathbb F_2F2​. The case F′y=rF'y = rF′y=r infeasible requires showing that the worst case is +∞+\infty+∞, i.e. that F2\mathbb F_2F2​ contains distributions with arbitrarily large expectations; this is where the full-rank assumption on FFF enters.

Formalization scope

The random vector is the identity on Fin n → ℝ and a distribution is a measure P on it. The mean, the covariance matrix and the finite-second-moment condition come from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting (meanVec, covMat, HasSecondMoments). The covariance condition is F CovP(ζ~) F′=ΣF\,\mathrm{Cov}_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)\,F' = \SigmaFCovP​(ζ~​)F′=Σ, which equals the paper's EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta - \hat\zeta)'F')EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′) by linearity; it constrains the covariance of the primitive vector, an N×NN \times NN×N matrix, not the covariance of ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. The positive part is max · 0. The worst case and π2\pi^2π2 take values in EReal: an infimum over an empty set is +∞+\infty+∞ and a supremum over an empty set is −∞-\infty−∞, matching the paper's convention for infeasible problems. The paper's "inf" and "sup" are not claimed to be attained.

Readings fixed by this mission, each implicit in the paper:

  • Full row rank of FFF (p. 906, "F has to be full rank"), stated as surjectivity of x↦Fxx \mapsto Fxx↦Fx;
  • Σ\SigmaΣ positive semidefinite, as a covariance matrix must be;
  • V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ nonempty.

Each is needed for the equality: without it F2\mathbb F_2F2​ can be empty (worst case −∞-\infty−∞) while π2\pi^2π2 is finite or +∞+\infty+∞. No convexity or closedness of V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ is assumed; the theorem does not need it. A formalization that takes the infimum in R\mathbb RR (where an empty infimum is 000) or states only the inequality ≤\le≤ would trivialize or weaken the theorem and is ruled out.

A complete development needs a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for E(X+)E(X^+)E(X+), constructions of multivariate distributions with a prescribed mean and covariance (Gaussian or finitely supported laws), and the monotonicity and continuity facts behind (23). The scalar inequality and the constructions of distributions with given first two moments are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and supporting lemmas on moment-constrained families, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4), 902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A min-max solution of an inventory problem, in K. Arrow (ed.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 201–209, 1958.
  • G. Gallego and I. Moon, The distribution free newsboy problem: Review and extensions, Journal of the Operational Research Society 44(8), 825–834, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1057/jors.1993.141
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks and F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: A conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4), 543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • E. Delage and Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3), 595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun and J. Zhang, A linear decision-based approximation approach to stochastic programming, Operations Research 56(2), 344–357, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 4: With Polynomial Latencies of Degree p and Nonnegative Coefficients the Cost of a Nash Flow Is at Most p + 1 Times the Optimal CostResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network carrying a large population of users, each user picks a route that is fastest for itself given the congestion caused by everyone else. The resulting traffic pattern, a Wardrop or Nash equilibrium, need not minimize the total travel time: Braess's paradox shows that adding a road can make every user slower. Transportation science has modelled such equilibria since Wardrop (1952) and Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten (1956), and the question of how much efficiency selfish behaviour costs was posed in computer science by Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (1999).

Roughgarden and Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing? (J. ACM, 2002) gave the first general answers for networks with many infinitesimal users. This mission formalizes the first of them, from §2.5 of the paper: when every edge latency is a polynomial of degree at most ppp with nonnegative coefficients, the total latency at equilibrium is at most p+1p+1p+1 times the optimum. The argument goes through the convex program of Beckmann et al., whose optimal solutions are exactly the equilibria (Dafermos and Sparrow, 1969).

Timeline. 1952: Wardrop states the equilibrium principle. 1956: Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten characterize equilibria as minimizers of a convex potential and prove existence. 1969: Dafermos and Sparrow reprove existence and essential uniqueness for general networks. 1999: Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou introduce the worst-case ratio between equilibrium and optimum. 2000–2002: Roughgarden and Tardos prove the bounds p+1p+1p+1 for polynomials (Corollary 2.8) and 4/34/34/3 for linear latencies. 2002–2003: Roughgarden shows the worst ratio for degree-ppp polynomials is Θ(p/ln⁡p)\Theta(p/\ln p)Θ(p/lnp), attained already on two parallel links.

Setting

An instance consists of finitely many edges eee, finitely many commodities i∈{1,…,k}i\in\{1,\dots,k\}i∈{1,…,k} and finitely many routes PPP. Each route is a set of edges, recorded by a 0/10/10/1 incidence matrix AAA (AeP=1A_{eP}=1AeP​=1 iff e∈Pe\in Pe∈P), and serves exactly one commodity; Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ is the set of routes serving commodity iii. Commodity iii has a rate ri>0r_i>0ri​>0.

A flow assigns a value fPf_PfP​ to each route. It induces the edge flows fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e}f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​ and is feasible if fP≥0f_P\ge0fP​≥0 for all PPP and ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}f_P=r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for all iii. Each edge has a latency function ℓe\ell_eℓe​, nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The latency of a route is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​) and the cost of a flow is

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP=∑eℓe(fe) fe.C(f)=\sum_P\ell_P(f)\,f_P=\sum_e\ell_e(f_e)\,f_e .C(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​=e∑​ℓe​(fe​)fe​.

A feasible flow is at Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1) if moving any amount δ∈[0,fP1]\delta\in[0,f_{P_1}]δ∈[0,fP1​​] of commodity iii from a used route P1P_1P1​ to another route P2∈PiP_2\in\mathcal P_iP2​∈Pi​ leaves P2P_2P2​ at least as slow, after the move, as P1P_1P1​ was before. Lemma 2.2 shows that this is the Wardrop condition: every route that carries flow has minimum latency among the routes of its commodity.

The Beckmann potential of a flow is Φ(f)=∑e∫0feℓe(t) dt\Phi(f)=\sum_e\int_0^{f_e}\ell_e(t)\,dtΦ(f)=∑e​∫0fe​​ℓe​(t)dt, the objective of the program (NLP2) of the paper.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2.8

For latencies ℓe(x)=∑i=0pae,ixi\ell_e(x)=\sum_{i=0}^{p}a_{e,i}x^iℓe​(x)=∑i=0p​ae,i​xi with p≥1p\ge1p≥1 an integer and ae,i≥0a_{e,i}\ge0ae,i​≥0, every flow fff at Nash equilibrium and every feasible flow f∗f^*f∗ satisfy

C(f)≤(p+1) C(f∗).C(f)\le(p+1)\,C(f^*).C(f)≤(p+1)C(f∗).

This is the paper's ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1\rho(G,r,\ell)=C(f)/C(f^*)\le p+1ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤p+1 written without division.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: Nash equilibrium (Definition 2.1)   ⟺  \iff⟺ the Wardrop condition.
  2. Proof of Lemma 2.6: the flows at Nash equilibrium are exactly the feasible minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ.
  3. Lemma 2.6: a Nash flow exists, and all Nash flows have the same cost.
  4. Corollary 2.7: if x ℓe(x)≤α∫0xℓe(t) dtx\,\ell_e(x)\le\alpha\int_0^x\ell_e(t)\,dtxℓe​(x)≤α∫0x​ℓe​(t)dt for every edge and every x>0x>0x>0, with α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, then
C(f)≤α C(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.C(f)\le\alpha\,C(f^*)\quad\text{for every Nash flow } f \text{ and feasible } f^* .C(f)≤αC(f∗)for every Nash flow f and feasible f∗.

Significance

The result. Corollary 2.8 was, according to the authors, the first bound of its kind for polynomial latencies (p. 11). It shows that for the latency functions used in practice (the Bureau of Public Roads function ℓ(x)=a+bx4\ell(x)=a+bx^4ℓ(x)=a+bx4 has p=4p=4p=4) uncoordinated routing loses at most a bounded factor, independent of the network size, the number of commodities and the rates. Corollary 2.7 isolates the mechanism: a single scalar property of each latency function, how far the cost xℓ(x)x\ell(x)xℓ(x) can exceed the potential ∫0xℓ\int_0^x\ell∫0x​ℓ, controls the efficiency loss of the whole network.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper (and the bound p+1p+1p+1 has since been sharpened); none of them is machine-checked on the platform. The mission produces a reusable Lean development of nonatomic selfish routing: Definition 2.1 in its deviation form, its equivalence with the Wardrop condition, the Beckmann characterization of equilibria with an honest integral potential, existence and cost-uniqueness of equilibria, and the potential-based efficiency bound. The same layer is used by the companion missions on the bicriteria bound and the 4/34/34/3 bound for linear latencies.

Difficulty

The bound itself is a short chain of inequalities once the equilibrium is known to minimize the potential Φ\PhiΦ. That step is the substance: it requires showing that the Wardrop condition is a first-order optimality condition of a convex program over the polytope of feasible flows, with latencies that are only continuous, so Φ\PhiΦ is differentiable but its derivative may have kinks. Passing from Definition 2.1 (finite deviations) to the Wardrop condition needs a limit δ→0\delta\to0δ→0, which fails without continuity of the latencies. Mathlib has no Karush–Kuhn–Tucker theory for such programs, so the optimality characterization has to be built from first principles.

Formalization scope

  • Encoding. Edges, routes and commodities are Fin J, Fin R, Fin Sd. Edge flows, feasibility, the Wardrop condition and the potential Φ\PhiΦ are the published KellyStochasticNetworks.linkFlow, wardropFeasible, IsWardropEquilibrium and wardropObjective, reused unchanged.
  • Routes, not graphs. Routes are arbitrary 0/10/10/1 incidence columns rather than the simple sis_isi​–tit_iti​ paths of a graph, a generalization the paper's arguments never use. Two copies of one path serving two commodities are two routes.
  • Definition 2.1 is read with P1≠P2P_1\ne P_2P1​=P2​ and fP1>0f_{P_1}>0fP1​​>0. As printed, P1=P2P_1=P_2P1​=P2​ makes the condition fail for strictly increasing latencies, and fP1=0f_{P_1}=0fP1​​=0 forces unused routes to have the same latency as used ones; either reading would make Nash flows nonexistent in simple instances.
  • Latencies are nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) only. Continuity replaces the paper's differentiability, as its footnote 3 allows; it also makes ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ a genuine integral.
  • Rates are positive. In Lemma 2.6's existence part every commodity must be served by a route, the route-encoding meaning of "an instance".
  • No ratios. Every bound ρ≤c\rho\le cρ≤c is stated as C(f)≤c C(f∗)C(f)\le c\,C(f^*)C(f)≤cC(f∗) for every feasible f∗f^*f∗, which is what each proof shows and which avoids division by a zero cost.
  • Polynomials share one degree bound p≥1p\ge1p≥1; leading coefficients may vanish; coefficients are required nonnegative for i≤pi\le pi≤p.

A statement in which Nash flows cannot exist (the literal Definition 2.1), or in which ∫0xℓe\int_0^x\ell_e∫0x​ℓe​ is the junk value of a non-integrable function, would make the goal vacuous; the guards above rule both out, and the sorry-free check that two small instances admit Nash flows confirms it.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular the first-order characterization of minimizers of Φ\PhiΦ over the feasible polytope, which is reusable for every potential game on flows.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, J. ACM 49(2):236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire and C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956 (RAND RM-1488). https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_memoranda/RM1488.html
  • S. C. Dafermos and F. T. Sparrow, The traffic assignment problem for a general network, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Standards 73B(2):91–118, 1969. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.073B.010
  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Part II, 1:325–378, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
  • E. Koutsoupias and C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case equilibria, STACS 1999, LNCS 1563, 404–413. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • T. Roughgarden, The price of anarchy is independent of the network topology, J. Comput. System Sci. 67(2):341–364, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00044-8
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
AlgebraAlgebraic GeometryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Relaxations for Semialgebraic Problems 1: A Polynomial System Has No Real Solution if and only if Its Degree-d Positivstellensatz SDP Is Feasible for All Large dResearch Paper

Motivation

Deciding whether a system of real polynomial equations, inequations and inequalities has a solution is the basic feasibility question behind nonconvex quadratic programming, polynomial optimization, robustness analysis in control, and combinatorial relaxations. Over the complex numbers, Hilbert's Nullstellensatz turns infeasibility into an algebraic identity whose bounded-degree instances are found by linear algebra. Over the reals this fails: x2+1=0x^2+1=0x2+1=0 has no real solution, yet 111 is not in the ideal generated by x2+1x^2+1x2+1.

The real substitute is the Positivstellensatz of Stengle (Stengle 1974; see Bochnak–Coste–Roy, Real Algebraic Geometry, Theorem 4.4.2): a real polynomial system is infeasible exactly when an identity f+g2+h=0f+g^2+h=0f+g2+h=0 holds, with fff built from sums of squares and the inequality constraints, ggg a product of the inequation polynomials and hhh in the ideal of the equations. Parrilo (2003), building on his thesis (2000), observed that once the degrees are bounded, the search for such an identity is a semidefinite program (SDP), because a polynomial is a sum of squares exactly when it has a positive semidefinite Gram matrix. This yields a hierarchy of SDPs that is sound at every level and complete in the limit, and it is the origin of the sum-of-squares (SOS) method used throughout polynomial optimization.

Timeline:

  • 1974: Stengle proves the Positivstellensatz for semialgebraic sets over real closed fields.
  • 1995: Choi, Lam and Reznick analyze the Gram matrix method for sums of squares.
  • 2000–2003: Parrilo (thesis; Math. Program. Ser. B 96) formulates bounded-degree Positivstellensatz refutations as SDPs (Theorem 5.1); Lasserre (2001) develops the dual moment approach independently.

Setting

Write R[x1,…,xn]\mathbb R[x_1,\dots,x_n]R[x1​,…,xn​] for real polynomials in nnn variables. Fix three finite, possibly empty, families: f1,…,fsf_1,\dots,f_sf1​,…,fs​ (inequalities), g1,…,gtg_1,\dots,g_tg1​,…,gt​ (inequations), h1,…,huh_1,\dots,h_uh1​,…,hu​ (equations). They define the basic semialgebraic set

K={x∈Rn∣fj(x)≥0, gk(x)≠0, hℓ(x)=0 for all j,k,ℓ}.(4.4)K=\{x\in\mathbb R^n \mid f_j(x)\ge 0,\ g_k(x)\ne 0,\ h_\ell(x)=0\ \text{for all } j,k,\ell\}.\qquad(4.4)K={x∈Rn∣fj​(x)≥0, gk​(x)=0, hℓ​(x)=0 for all j,k,ℓ}.(4.4)

A cone of R[x1,…,xn]\mathbb R[x_1,\dots,x_n]R[x1​,…,xn​] is a subset closed under addition and multiplication that contains every square a2a^2a2; P(S)P(S)P(S) is the smallest cone containing SSS, and P(∅)P(\emptyset)P(∅) is the set of sums of squares. MMM is the multiplicative monoid generated by the gkg_kgk​ (with the empty product 111), and III is the ideal generated by the hℓh_\ellhℓ​.

For a degree bound DDD, let zzz be the vector of all monomials xαx^\alphaxα of total degree at most DDD; it has (n+DD)\binom{n+D}{D}(Dn+D​) entries. For a real matrix QQQ indexed by these monomials, the Gram polynomial is zTQz=∑α,βQαβxαxβz^TQz=\sum_{\alpha,\beta}Q_{\alpha\beta}x^\alpha x^\betazTQz=∑α,β​Qαβ​xαxβ.

The degree-ddd Positivstellensatz SDP SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​: with G=∑kdeg⁡gkG=\sum_k\deg g_kG=∑k​deggk​ and N(d)=d(2G+1)N(d)=d(2G+1)N(d)=d(2G+1), find positive semidefinite matrices QTQ_TQT​ over the monomials of degree at most N(d)N(d)N(d), one for each T⊆{1,…,s}T\subseteq\{1,\dots,s\}T⊆{1,…,s}, and polynomials qℓq_\ellqℓ​ of degree at most 2N(d)2N(d)2N(d), such that

∑T(zTQTz)∏j∈Tfj+(∏k=1tgk2d)2+∑ℓ=1uqℓhℓ=0.\sum_{T}(z^TQ_Tz)\prod_{j\in T}f_j+\Big(\prod_{k=1}^t g_k^{2d}\Big)^2+\sum_{\ell=1}^u q_\ell h_\ell=0 .T∑​(zTQT​z)j∈T∏​fj​+(k=1∏t​gk2d​)2+ℓ=1∑u​qℓ​hℓ​=0.

Its unknowns are finitely many real numbers, the constraint is linear in them, and the matrices are constrained to be positive semidefinite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

(∀d, SDPd feasible⇒K=∅)and(K=∅⇒∃d0 ∀d≥d0, SDPd feasible).\big(\forall d,\ \mathrm{SDP}_d\ \text{feasible}\Rightarrow K=\emptyset\big)\quad\text{and}\quad\big(K=\emptyset\Rightarrow\exists d_0\ \forall d\ge d_0,\ \mathrm{SDP}_d\ \text{feasible}\big).(∀d, SDPd​ feasible⇒K=∅)and(K=∅⇒∃d0​ ∀d≥d0​, SDPd​ feasible).

The first half says every feasible point is a refutation; the second says the hierarchy is complete once the degree bound is large enough. No bound on d0d_0d0​ is asserted, matching the paper.

Milestones

  • Theorem 4.6, 2⇒12\Rightarrow12⇒1: an identity f+g2+h=0f+g^2+h=0f+g2+h=0 with f∈Pf\in Pf∈P, g∈Mg\in Mg∈M, h∈Ih\in Ih∈I forces K=∅K=\emptysetK=∅.
  • A positive semidefinite Gram matrix gives a sum of squares (§3.2).
  • Theorem 4.6, 1⇒21\Rightarrow21⇒2 (Stengle's Positivstellensatz): K=∅K=\emptysetK=∅ forces such an identity.
  • P(∅)P(\emptyset)P(∅) is the set of sums of squares and the smallest cone; the finite-generator form P(S)={p+∑iqibi}P(S)=\{p+\sum_i q_ib_i\}P(S)={p+∑i​qi​bi​}; the squarefree form ∑TpT∏j∈Tfj\sum_T p_T\prod_{j\in T}f_j∑T​pT​∏j∈T​fj​ of the cone used in the proof of Theorem 5.1.
  • A sum of squares of degree at most 2d2d2d has a positive semidefinite Gram matrix over the monomials of degree at most ddd; Theorem 3.3 combining both directions with the size (n+dd)\binom{n+d}{d}(dn+d​); the count (n+dd)\binom{n+d}{d}(dn+d​) of the monomial vector.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 is the statement that makes Positivstellensatz certificates computable: it converts an existence theorem of real algebraic geometry into a sequence of convex feasibility problems, each solvable by interior-point methods, and any solution is an exact proof of infeasibility. Lower bounds in polynomial optimization (Example 5.4), the copositivity tests of §7.5, SOS relaxations for MAX-CUT and stable sets, and Lyapunov-function searches in control are all instances of this scheme.

The paper proves only the soundness direction of the Positivstellensatz and cites the converse. A complete formal development therefore contains the first machine-checked statement chain from Stengle's theorem to the SDP hierarchy. To the best of current searches, neither Mathlib nor Prove2Me contains the real Positivstellensatz, the Gram matrix characterization of sums of squares, or the monomial count; Mathlib has sums of squares in rings (IsSumSq), positive semidefinite matrices, and the complex Nullstellensatz.

Difficulty

The soundness half is elementary. Completeness rests on Stengle's Positivstellensatz, whose standard proofs pass through real closed fields, orderings of rings and the Tarski–Seidenberg transfer principle, none of which is available in Mathlib in usable form. A tempting shortcut, proving completeness by reasoning only about R\mathbb RR-points, does not work: the certificate must be an algebraic identity, and points cannot produce it.

A second, smaller difficulty is degree bookkeeping. Each level of the hierarchy has a fixed shape (the exponent of the gkg_kgk​ and the degree of every multiplier are tied to ddd), while a certificate supplied by the Positivstellensatz has arbitrary degrees and exponents. A Gram representation also needs a degree bound on every square in a sum of squares, not only on the sum.

Formalization scope

  • Polynomials are MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ; n,s,t,un,s,t,un,s,t,u are arbitrary natural numbers, including 000; the families are indexed by Fin s, Fin t, Fin u. The set (4.4) lives in Rn\mathbb R^nRn = Fin n → ℝ.
  • P(S)P(S)P(S) is the smallest set closed under +++, ⋅\cdot⋅ and containing all squares (Definition 4.5), an inductive predicate. Mathlib's RingPreordering is not used: it excludes −1-1−1, which an infeasible system's cone typically contains.
  • Sums of squares are IsSumSq; positive semidefiniteness is Matrix.PosSemidef (symmetric, which is the paper's Q∈SnQ\in\mathcal S^nQ∈Sn); MMM is Submonoid.closure, III is Ideal.span.
  • The meta-claim "the search … can be done using semidefinite programming" is the definition of SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​: finitely many PSD Gram matrices indexed by a finite type of monomials, and ideal multipliers of bounded total degree. The degree choices (m=dm=dm=d in g=∏gk2mg=\prod g_k^{2m}g=∏gk2m​; multiplier degree d2=2d(2G+1)d_2=2d(2G+1)d2​=2d(2G+1)) fill the freedom the proof leaves and satisfy its printed bounds d2≥dd_2\ge dd2​≥d, d2≥deg⁡gd_2\ge\deg gd2​≥degg. "Large enough" is ∃d0 ∀d≥d0\exists d_0\,\forall d\ge d_0∃d0​∀d≥d0​.
  • A formalization without the degree bounds or with an infinite index type would make SDPd\mathrm{SDP}_dSDPd​ equivalent to Theorem 4.6 item 2 and is ruled out; so is a goal stated for a fixed nnn, for empty families only, or with soundness only at large ddd.
  • Needed infrastructure: Stengle's Positivstellensatz over R\mathbb RR (real closed field theory or a direct proof), the Gram matrix correspondence, and degree lemmas for sums of squares. The Positivstellensatz and the Gram correspondence are reusable far beyond this mission; contributions toward either are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. A. Parrilo, Semidefinite programming relaxations for semialgebraic problems, Math. Program. Ser. B 96 (2003) 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0387-5
  • G. Stengle, A Nullstellensatz and a Positivstellensatz in semialgebraic geometry, Math. Ann. 207 (1974) 87–97. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01362149
  • J. Bochnak, M. Coste, M.-F. Roy, Real Algebraic Geometry, Springer, 1998, Theorem 4.4.2. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-03718-8
  • M. D. Choi, T. Y. Lam, B. Reznick, Sums of squares of real polynomials, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math. 58 (1995) 103–126. https://doi.org/10.1090/pspum/058.2/1327293
  • J. B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11 (2001) 796–817. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400366802
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Relaxations for Semialgebraic Problems 2: A Feasible Solution of the SDPs (7.7) Certifies That M Is Copositive, and the Test Is at Least as Strong as M = P + NResearch Paper

Copositive matrices and why they need certificates

A real symmetric matrix is copositive when its quadratic form is nonnegative on the nonnegative orthant. Copositive matrices appear wherever a quadratic objective meets sign constraints: standard quadratic programs over the simplex, linear complementarity problems, and conic reformulations of combinatorial problems such as the stability number of a graph. Parrilo's §7.5 (Math. Program. 96 (2003) 293–320) gives an example: if CCC is copositive and Q−ATCA⪰γIQ - A^TCA \succeq \gamma IQ−ATCA⪰γI, then γ\gammaγ is a lower bound on min⁡{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}\min\{x^TQx : Ax \ge 0,\ x^Tx = 1\}min{xTQx:Ax≥0, xTx=1}.

Deciding copositivity is hard. Murty and Kabadi (Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129) showed that checking whether a given integer matrix is not copositive is NP-complete, so the exact tests based on principal minors take an exponential number of operations in the worst case. Efficiently checkable sufficient conditions are therefore what applications use.

Timeline:

  • 1962. Diananda (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58) studies the decomposition of a matrix as positive semidefinite plus elementwise nonnegative, condition (7.6) below, which is sufficient for copositivity and also necessary for n≤4n \le 4n≤4.
  • 1977. Choi and Lam (Math. Ann. 231) relate this decomposition to sums of squares of quartic forms (their Lemma 3.5).
  • 1987. Murty and Kabadi prove the NP-completeness result above.
  • 2000–2003. Parrilo's thesis and the 2003 paper introduce a hierarchy of semidefinite programming tests, one level per degree rrr, of which (7.6) is level 000; Theorem 7.7 makes level 111 explicit.
  • 2002. De Klerk and Pasechnik (SIAM J. Optim. 12) use this hierarchy to approximate the stability number of a graph.

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0 and a real symmetric matrix M=(mij)∈Rn×nM = (m_{ij}) \in \mathbb R^{n\times n}M=(mij​)∈Rn×n. The matrix MMM is copositive if

xi≥0 for all i  ⟹  xTMx≥0.x_i \ge 0 \text{ for all } i \;\Longrightarrow\; x^T M x \ge 0 .xi​≥0 for all i⟹xTMx≥0.

For real variables z=(z1,…,zn)z = (z_1,\dots,z_n)z=(z1​,…,zn​) write z=[z12,…,zn2]T\mathbf z = [z_1^2, \dots, z_n^2]^Tz=[z12​,…,zn2​]T. Three polynomials in zzz are associated with MMM:

P(z):=zTMz=∑i,jmijzi2zj2,Pr(z)=(∑i=1nzi2)rP(z),P1(z):=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2.P(z) := \mathbf z^T M \mathbf z = \sum_{i,j} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2, \qquad P_r(z) = \Bigl(\sum_{i=1}^n z_i^2\Bigr)^r P(z), \qquad P_1(z) := \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2 z_j^2 z_k^2 .P(z):=zTMz=i,j∑​mij​zi2​zj2​,Pr​(z)=(i=1∑n​zi2​)rP(z),P1​(z):=i,j,k∑​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.

A form is positive semidefinite if it is nonnegative at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a polynomial is a sum of squares if it is a finite sum of squares of real polynomials. A matrix AAA satisfies A⪰0A \succeq 0A⪰0 if it is symmetric and xTAx≥0x^TAx \ge 0xTAx≥0 for all x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn.

The SDPs (7.7) ask for nnn symmetric matrices Λ1,…,Λn∈Sn\Lambda^1, \dots, \Lambda^n \in \mathcal S^nΛ1,…,Λn∈Sn, with entries Λjki=Λkji\Lambda^i_{jk} = \Lambda^i_{kj}Λjki​=Λkji​, such that

M−Λi⪰0,i=1,…,n,Λiii=0,i=1,…,n,Λjji+Λjij+Λijj=0,i≠j,Λjki+Λkij+Λijk≥0,i≠j≠k.\begin{aligned} M - \Lambda^i &\succeq 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{ii} &= 0, && i = 1,\dots,n,\\ \Lambda^i_{jj} + \Lambda^j_{ji} + \Lambda^j_{ij} &= 0, && i \ne j,\\ \Lambda^i_{jk} + \Lambda^j_{ki} + \Lambda^k_{ij} &\ge 0, && i \ne j \ne k . \end{aligned}M−ΛiΛiii​Λjji​+Λjij​+Λijj​Λjki​+Λkij​+Λijk​​⪰0,=0,=0,≥0,​​i=1,…,n,i=1,…,n,i=j,i=j=k.​

Condition (7.6) asks for a decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N with P⪰0P \succeq 0P⪰0 and nij≥0n_{ij} \ge 0nij​≥0 for all i,ji,ji,j.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.7

For every real symmetric n×nn\times nn×n matrix MMM,

(7.7) feasible  ⟹  (P1(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)  ⟹  (7.7) feasible.\text{(7.7) feasible} \;\Longrightarrow\; \bigl(P_1(z) \ge 0 \ \ \forall z \in \mathbb R^n\bigr) \ \text{and}\ M \text{ copositive}, \qquad\text{and}\qquad \text{(7.6)} \;\Longrightarrow\; \text{(7.7) feasible}.(7.7) feasible⟹(P1​(z)≥0  ∀z∈Rn) and M copositive,and(7.6)⟹(7.7) feasible.

The second implication is the paper's "this test is at least as powerful as condition (7.6)".

Milestones (all from §7.5, pp. 317–318)

  1. P1=PrP_1 = P_rP1​=Pr​ at r=1r = 1r=1: (∑kzk2)P(z)=∑i,j,kmijzi2zj2zk2\bigl(\sum_k z_k^2\bigr)P(z) = \sum_{i,j,k} m_{ij} z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2(∑k​zk2​)P(z)=∑i,j,k​mij​zi2​zj2​zk2​.
  2. If Pr(z)≥0P_r(z) \ge 0Pr​(z)≥0 for all zzz, then P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all zzz.
  3. MMM is copositive if and only if P(z)≥0P(z) \ge 0P(z)≥0 for all z∈Rnz \in \mathbb R^nz∈Rn.
  4. P(z)P(z)P(z) is a sum of squares if and only if condition (7.6) holds.
  5. If PiP_iPi​ is a sum of squares, then so is Pi+1P_{i+1}Pi+1​.

Significance

Theorem 7.7 turns copositivity at level r=1r = 1r=1 into a single semidefinite feasibility problem whose size is polynomial in nnn: nnn symmetric n×nn \times nn×n matrices, nnn semidefinite constraints and O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) linear ones. Its second half says that nothing is lost against the classical test (7.6): every matrix certified by the decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N is also certified by (7.7). The milestones place the result inside the hierarchy: certificates at any level rrr certify copositivity (milestones 2 and 3), and the sum-of-squares tests become weakly stronger as rrr grows (milestone 5), with (7.6) equivalent to the test at level 000 (milestone 4). This hierarchy underlies later SDP approximations of the copositive cone and of the stability number of a graph.

The paper prints no proof of Theorem 7.7. These statements are proved results of the literature; none of them is formalized in Mathlib or, as far as a search of the platform shows, elsewhere in Lean. The mission produces machine-checked statements and proofs of the level-111 test and of the structural facts about the hierarchy, built on the platform's published definition of copositivity.

Difficulty

The first half of Theorem 7.7 requires seeing a feasible point of (7.7) as a certificate for the polynomial P1P_1P1​: the semidefinite constraints control quadratic expressions in z\mathbf zz, while the linear constraints on the entries of Λ\LambdaΛ must account for every monomial zi2zj2zk2z_i^2z_j^2z_k^2zi2​zj2​zk2​ of degree six, grouped by which indices coincide. The bookkeeping over the three index patterns (all equal, two equal, all distinct) and over the superscript/subscript roles of Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ is where a careless argument loses a term. The second half asks, for an arbitrary decomposition M=P+NM = P + NM=P+N, for a point satisfying all nnn semidefinite constraints and all the linear equalities and inequalities of (7.7) at once. The obvious first idea of testing M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0 fails: positive semidefiniteness is sufficient for copositivity but far from necessary, since every elementwise nonnegative matrix is copositive.

Formalization scope

  • MMM is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ with a hypothesis M.IsSymm; nnn is arbitrary, including n=0n = 0n=0.
  • Copositivity is the published definition MurtyKabadi.Reduction.Copositive (Murty–Kabadi mission), xTMx≥0x^TMx \ge 0xTMx≥0 for every coordinatewise nonnegative xxx; it is not replaced by M⪰0M \succeq 0M⪰0.
  • PPP, PrP_rPr​ and P1P_1P1​ are elements of MvPolynomial (Fin n) ℝ; P1P_1P1​ is defined by its own display, and its equality with PrP_rPr​ at r=1r = 1r=1 is a milestone.
  • "Positive semidefinite form" and "nonnegative" mean nonnegative evaluation at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; "sum of squares" is Mathlib's IsSumSq in the polynomial ring.
  • ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef. Λ\LambdaΛ is a family Fin n → Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, with Λjki\Lambda^i_{jk}Λjki​ = Λ i j k; each Λi\Lambda^iΛi is required symmetric as on the page.
  • "i≠j≠ki \ne j \ne ki=j=k" is read as i,j,ki, j, ki,j,k pairwise distinct. Under the symmetry of the Λi\Lambda^iΛi and the third constraint, the extra constraints of the literal reading hold with equality, so both readings give the same feasible set.
  • "At least as powerful as condition (7.6)" is formalized as the implication (7.6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7.7) feasible.
  • The mission does not trivialize: the hypothesis of the goal is satisfiable (the identity matrix with Λ=0\Lambda = 0Λ=0 is feasible), the conclusion is copositivity on the orthant rather than a weaker or vacuous property, and the SDP is the paper's finite system with every constraint of (7.7) present.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, general lemmas on sums of squares in MvPolynomial (closure under multiplication, Gram-matrix representations of a quadratic form in monomials) and Gram-matrix arguments for forms that are even in every variable.

Selected references

  • P. A. Parrilo, Semidefinite programming relaxations for semialgebraic problems, Math. Program. Ser. B 96 (2003) 293–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0387-5
  • K. G. Murty, S. N. Kabadi, Some NP-complete problems in quadratic and nonlinear programming, Math. Program. 39 (1987) 117–129. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02592948
  • P. H. Diananda, On non-negative forms in real variables some or all of which are non-negative, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58 (1962) 17–25. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036185
  • M. D. Choi, T. Y. Lam, Extremal positive semidefinite forms, Math. Ann. 231 (1977) 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01360024
  • E. de Klerk, D. V. Pasechnik, Approximation of the stability number of a graph via copositive programming, SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2002) 875–892. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383248
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Implementing a Primal-Dual Interior-Point Method for Conic Quadratic Optimization I: Solutions of the Homogeneous Model Are Complementary and Give an Optimal Pair or an Infeasibility CertificateResearch Paper

Motivation

Conic optimization minimizes a linear function over the intersection of an affine subspace with a closed convex cone. Linear programming (the nonnegative orthant), second-order cone programming (products of quadratic cones) and semidefinite programming (the positive semidefinite cone) are all instances. Primal–dual interior-point methods are the standard algorithms for these problems, and production solvers for conic quadratic optimization, such as the MOSEK solver described by Andersen, Roos and Terlaky (Math. Program. 95 (2003)), are built on them.

The classical primal–dual method assumes that both the primal and the dual problem have strictly feasible points. A practical solver cannot assume this: it must also recognize infeasible problems and return a certificate. The device that handles this is the homogeneous model, introduced by Goldman and Tucker for linear programming (1956) and used in interior-point form by Ye, Todd and Mizuno (Math. Oper. Res. 19 (1994)). The model embeds the primal–dual pair into a larger homogeneous system that always has solutions; a solution with a positive homogenizing variable yields an optimal pair, and one with a positive slack variable yields an infeasibility certificate. Section 2 of Andersen, Roos and Terlaky states this generalization to an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and this mission formalizes it.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA \in \mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc \in \mathbb R^nc∈Rn, and let K⊆RnK \subseteq \mathbb R^nK⊆Rn be a pointed closed convex cone: closed, convex, closed under multiplication by nonnegative scalars, and pointed, K∩(−K)={0}K \cap (-K) = \{0\}K∩(−K)={0} (it contains 000, and x∈Kx \in Kx∈K and −x∈K-x \in K−x∈K imply x=0x = 0x=0). Its dual cone is

K∗:={ s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K }.K_* := \{\, s \in \mathbb R^n : s^Tx \ge 0 \text{ for all } x \in K \,\}.K∗​:={s∈Rn:sTx≥0 for all x∈K}.

The primal problem is (P)(P)(P): minimize cTxc^TxcTx subject to Ax=bAx = bAx=b, x∈Kx \in Kx∈K. The dual problem is (D)(D)(D): maximize bTyb^TybTy subject to ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c, s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​. A point satisfying the constraints is feasible; a feasible point is optimal if no feasible point has a better objective value; a problem without feasible points is infeasible. (P)(P)(P) is strictly feasible if some xxx with Ax=bAx = bAx=b lies in the interior of KKK, and (D)(D)(D) if some (y,s)(y,s)(y,s) with ATy+s=cA^Ty + s = cATy+s=c has sss in the interior of K∗K_*K∗​.

The homogeneous model (7) of the paper asks for (x,τ,y,s,κ)(x, \tau, y, s, \kappa)(x,τ,y,s,κ) with

Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0,Ax - b\tau = 0,\qquad A^Ty + s - c\tau = 0,\qquad -c^Tx + b^Ty - \kappa = 0,Ax−bτ=0,ATy+s−cτ=0,−cTx+bTy−κ=0, x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗, κ≥0.x \in K,\ \tau \ge 0,\qquad s \in K_*,\ \kappa \ge 0.x∈K, τ≥0,s∈K∗​, κ≥0.

The quantity xTs+τκx^Ts + \tau\kappaxTs+τκ is its complementarity gap. In the Lean development these objects are dualCone, PrimalFeasible, DualFeasible, PrimalOptimal, DualOptimal, PrimalInfeasible, DualInfeasible and HomFeasible, all in the namespace ConicQuadIPM.Homogeneous.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.1 (p. 6)

For every solution (x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗)(x^*, \tau^*, y^*, s^*, \kappa^*)(x∗,τ∗,y∗,s∗,κ∗) of (7):

(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0;\text{(i)}\quad (x^*)^Ts^* + \tau^*\kappa^* = 0;(i)(x∗)Ts∗+τ∗κ∗=0; (ii)τ∗>0  ⟹  x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D);\text{(ii)}\quad \tau^* > 0 \implies x^*/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (P) \text{ and } (y^*, s^*)/\tau^* \text{ is optimal for } (D);(ii)τ∗>0⟹x∗/τ∗ is optimal for (P) and (y∗,s∗)/τ∗ is optimal for (D); (iii)κ∗>0  ⟹  bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.\text{(iii)}\quad \kappa^* > 0 \implies b^Ty^* > 0 \ \text{or}\ c^Tx^* < 0;\ \ b^Ty^* > 0 \Rightarrow (P) \text{ infeasible};\ \ c^Tx^* < 0 \Rightarrow (D) \text{ infeasible}.(iii)κ∗>0⟹bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0;  bTy∗>0⇒(P) infeasible;  cTx∗<0⇒(D) infeasible.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1, weak duality (p. 4): for feasible xxx and (y,s)(y,s)(y,s), cTx−bTy=xTs≥0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts \ge 0cTx−bTy=xTs≥0.
  2. Lemma 2.1 i) on its own.
  3. Theorem 2.1, primal infeasibility (5): s∈K∗s \in K_*s∈K∗​, ATy+s=0A^Ty + s = 0ATy+s=0, bTy>0b^Ty > 0bTy>0 imply that (P)(P)(P) is infeasible.
  4. Theorem 2.1, dual infeasibility (6): x∈Kx \in Kx∈K, Ax=0Ax = 0Ax=0, cTx<0c^Tx < 0cTx<0 imply that (D)(D)(D) is infeasible.
  5. From the proof of Lemma 2.1: κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 forces bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0 or cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0.
  6. (10): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, then bTy∗>0b^Ty^* > 0bTy∗>0, ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0, s∗∈K∗s^* \in K_*s∗∈K∗​.
  7. (11): if κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, then cTx∗<0c^Tx^* < 0cTx∗<0, Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0, x∗∈Kx^* \in Kx∗∈K.
  8. Theorem 2.1, strong duality (p. 4): if one side is strictly feasible with a bounded objective, then (x,y,s)(x, y, s)(x,y,s) is optimal if and only if it is feasible with cTx−bTy=xTs=0c^Tx - b^Ty = x^Ts = 0cTx−bTy=xTs=0.

Significance

Lemma 2.1 is the correctness statement behind every homogeneous-model interior-point solver for conic problems: whatever solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 the algorithm approaches, it is either a scaled optimal primal–dual pair or a certificate of primal or dual infeasibility. Parts (iii) and the certificates (5)–(6) are the conic Farkas-type alternatives on which infeasibility reporting rests. The paper also notes the limit of the statement: for conic problems a solution with τ∗+κ∗>0\tau^* + \kappa^* > 0τ∗+κ∗>0 need not exist (a feasible conic quadratic pair with a nonzero duality gap is an example), unlike in linear programming.

The results are classical and proved on paper; the strong-duality part is cited from the literature rather than proved in the source. Linear-programming versions of the homogeneous-model properties exist as formal statements on the platform (from Ye–Todd–Mizuno, Vanderbei and Matoušek), but those concern the nonnegative orthant only. This mission states the general conic version over an arbitrary pointed closed convex cone, and the weak-duality and certificate statements it introduces are reusable by any later conic formalization.

Difficulty

Parts (i) and (ii) and the certificates are short arguments from the definitions; the formal work is in handling the cone axioms and the bilinear algebra cleanly. The step that is easy to overlook is in (iii): the identities ATy∗+s∗=0A^Ty^* + s^* = 0ATy∗+s∗=0 in (10) and Ax∗=0Ax^* = 0Ax∗=0 in (11) do not follow from the equations of (7) alone, because the terms cτ∗c\tau^*cτ∗ and bτ∗b\tau^*bτ∗ are present; the paper passes over this point. The strong-duality milestone is of a different order: it is a genuine conic duality theorem, cited rather than proved in the source, and it fails without the Slater-type hypothesis (feasible conic quadratic pairs with a nonzero duality gap exist).

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, uTvu^TvuTv is u ⬝ᵥ v, AxAxAx is A *ᵥ x and ATyA^TyATy is Aᵀ *ᵥ y; the paper's first coordinate is index 0. The standing assumption that KKK is a pointed closed convex cone is the hypothesis IsPointedClosedConvexCone K on every theorem, even where a proof uses less. The paper's further assumption that AAA has full row rank is stated "for convenience and without loss of generality" and is not used in any of these results; it is dropped, which makes every statement a generalization. A nonempty interior of KKK is not assumed, and no milestone except strong duality mentions interiors; there, interiors are topological interiors in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. Optimality is a predicate (feasible, and at least as good as every feasible point), never a value defined through an infimum or supremum, and infeasibility is the non-existence of a feasible point. Division by τ∗\tau^*τ∗ is scalar multiplication by (τ∗)−1(\tau^*)^{-1}(τ∗)−1 under τ∗>0\tau^* > 0τ∗>0.

A trivializing reading is excluded: part (ii) must conclude optimality of both the primal and the dual point against all feasible points, and part (iii) must conclude that the relevant problem has no feasible point, not merely the sign condition; the milestones (10) and (11) assume only κ∗>0\kappa^* > 0κ∗>0 and the respective inequality, never τ∗=0\tau^* = 0τ∗=0.

All definitions live in one module, Definitions.Def_ConicQuadIPM_Homogeneous_Setting. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of conic strong duality in this standard form (the platform's Lagrangian conic Slater theorem may help), and reuse of weak duality and the certificates in later conic missions.

Selected references

  • E. D. Andersen, C. Roos, T. Terlaky, On implementing a primal-dual interior-point method for conic quadratic optimization, Mathematical Programming 95 (2003) 249–277. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-002-0349-3
  • A. J. Goldman, A. W. Tucker, Theory of linear programming, in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Annals of Mathematics Studies 38, Princeton University Press, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881987-005
  • Y. Ye, M. J. Todd, S. Mizuno, An O(nL)O(\sqrt n L)O(n​L)-iteration homogeneous and self-dual linear programming algorithm, Mathematics of Operations Research 19 (1994) 53–67. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.19.1.53
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 3: With Random Right-Hand Side and Known Dual Extreme Points, the Problem Equals the Semidefinite Program (14)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programs model a decision xxx taken before uncertainty is revealed, followed by a corrective recourse action once it is. The classical model needs the full probability distribution of the uncertain data, which in practice is rarely known; often only estimates of the mean and the second moments are available, and the computed plan can be sensitive to the distribution assumed. The minimax (distributionally robust) approach replaces the single distribution by the class of all distributions with given first and second moments and optimizes against the worst member of that class. Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) combine this with risk aversion, through a piecewise-linear disutility of the second-stage cost, and determine which instances can be solved as semidefinite programs.

When the randomness sits in the right-hand side of the second stage, the paper shows that the problem is NP-hard in general (Theorem 3.1). This mission concerns the tractable special case that follows (§3.2): if the extreme points of the dual feasible region of the recourse problem are known, the whole minimax problem is one semidefinite program.

Setting

A first-stage decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is feasible if x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0}x\in X=\{x : Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0} and costs c′xc'xc′x. Given a recourse matrix W∈Rr×dW\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}W∈Rr×d, a technology matrix T∈Rr×nT\in\mathbb R^{r\times n}T∈Rr×n, a constant cost vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd and a realized right-hand side h∈Rrh\in\mathbb R^rh∈Rr, the second-stage cost is written as the optimal value of the dual of the recourse linear program,

Q(h,x)=max⁡p (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{p}\ (h-Tx)'p\quad\text{s.t.}\quad W'p\le q .Q(h,x)=pmax​ (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.

Risk aversion enters through the disutility U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0. The right-hand side h~\tilde hh~ is random, and its distribution is only known to lie in the moment class

P={P:EP[h~]=μ, EP[h~h~′]=Q}.\mathcal P=\{P : \mathbb E_P[\tilde h]=\mu,\ \mathbb E_P[\tilde h\tilde h']=Q\}.P={P:EP​[h~]=μ, EP​[h~h~′]=Q}.

The worst-case expected disutility is Z^(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(h~,x))]\hat Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))]Z^(x)=supP∈P​EP​[U(Q(h~,x))], and the problem is

Z=min⁡x∈X(c′x+Z^(x)).Z=\min_{x\in X}\big(c'x+\hat Z(x)\big).Z=x∈Xmin​(c′x+Z^(x)).

The moment problem defining Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) has the dual (12): minimize Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​ over symmetric YYY, y∈Rry\in\mathbb R^ry∈Rr, y0∈Ry_0\in\mathbb Ry0​∈R with h′Yh+y′h+y0≥U(Q(h,x))h'Yh+y'h+y_0\ge\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(h,x))h′Yh+y′h+y0​≥U(Q(h,x)) for every hhh, where Q⋅Y=∑i,jQijYijQ\cdot Y=\sum_{i,j}Q_{ij}Y_{ij}Q⋅Y=∑i,j​Qij​Yij​.

The standing assumptions are: XXX nonempty and bounded (Assumption 1); complete recourse, {Ww:w≥0}=Rr\{Ww : w\ge 0\}=\mathbb R^r{Ww:w≥0}=Rr (Assumption 2); a nonempty dual polyhedron {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} (Assumption 3); Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ (Assumption 4); and the extreme points p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ of {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} are known (Assumption 5).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 589)

The problem is equivalent to the semidefinite program

Z^SDP=min⁡x,Y,y,y0 c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0  s.t. (Y12(y−αkpi)12(y−αkpi)′y0+αkpi′Tx−βk)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)\hat Z_{\rm SDP}=\min_{x,Y,y,y_0}\ c'x+Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \begin{pmatrix}Y & \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)\\ \tfrac12(y-\alpha_k p_i)' & y_0+\alpha_k p_i'Tx-\beta_k\end{pmatrix}\succeq 0\ \ \forall k,i,\quad Ax=b,\ x\ge 0, \tag{14}Z^SDP​=x,Y,y,y0​min​ c′x+Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​  s.t. (Y21​(y−αk​pi​)′​21​(y−αk​pi​)y0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​​)⪰0  ∀k,i,Ax=b, x≥0,(14)

in the sense that Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) equals the value of the per-xxx program (15) for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, and Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​, both being genuine finite infima.

Milestones (§3.1 and the proof of Theorem 3.2, pp. 588–590)

  1. Strong duality for (11)/(12): Z^(x)=Z^D(x)\hat Z(x)=\hat Z_D(x)Z^(x)=Z^D​(x).
  2. The constraints of (12) are equivalent to h′Yh+(y−αkp)′h+y0+αkp′Tx−βk≥0h'Yh+(y-\alpha_kp)'h+y_0+\alpha_kp'Tx-\beta_k\ge 0h′Yh+(y−αk​p)′h+y0​+αk​p′Tx−βk​≥0 for all hhh, all ppp with W′p≤qW'p\le qW′p≤q and all kkk.
  3. Every feasible YYY of (12) is positive semidefinite.
  4. Q(h,x)=max⁡i=1,…,N(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{i=1,\dots,N}(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi=1,…,N​(h−Tx)′pi​.
  5. A quadratic h′Yh+2v′h+ch'Yh+2v'h+ch′Yh+2v′h+c is nonnegative on Rr\mathbb R^rRr iff the bordered matrix (Yvv′c)\begin{pmatrix}Y&v\\v'&c\end{pmatrix}(Yv′​vc​) is positive semidefinite (already proved on the platform).
  6. The feasible sets of (12) and (15) coincide, so Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x) is the value of (15).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 turns a two-level problem — a minimum over xxx of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions — into one convex program of polynomial size in nnn, rrr, KKK and NNN, jointly in the first-stage decision and the dual multipliers. The first-stage decision enters the linear matrix inequalities only through the corner entry y0+αkpi′Tx−βky_0+\alpha_kp_i'Tx-\beta_ky0​+αk​pi′​Tx−βk​, which is affine in xxx; this is what keeps the joint program convex. Together with the NP-hardness of the general case (Theorem 3.1), it locates the source of intractability in the enumeration of dual vertices. The same program (15) is the starting point of the construction of an extremal distribution (Theorem 3.3), which the paper uses to stress-test first-stage solutions.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, with strong duality for the moment problem cited from the literature. Nothing in this chain is formalized: neither the moment-problem duality under the interior condition Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′, nor the vertex representation of a bounded linear program over a pointed polyhedron given by its extreme points. The lemma that a nonnegative quadratic corresponds to a positive semidefinite bordered matrix is already proved on the platform and is reused.

Difficulty

The reduction from (12) to (15) is elementary once Q(h,x)=max⁡i(h−Tx)′pi\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_i(h-Tx)'p_iQ(h,x)=maxi​(h−Tx)′pi​ is available, but that identity is a genuine statement about polyhedra: the dual region {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} is unbounded, so compactness arguments such as Krein–Milman do not apply, and one needs both that the polyhedron is pointed (here a consequence of complete recourse, which forces WWW to have full row rank) and that a bounded linear objective attains its maximum at a vertex. The other substantial step is strong duality between the moment problem over measures and the semi-infinite dual (12), which requires the moment vector (μ,Q)(\mu,Q)(μ,Q) to lie in the interior of the moment cone; without Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′ a duality gap or an empty class P\mathcal PP can occur. Finally, the equality Z=Z^SDPZ=\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z=Z^SDP​ requires exchanging an infimum over xxx with the infimum over the dual variables, which needs each per-xxx program to be feasible and bounded.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin r) (Fin d) ℝ, and pieces and extreme points are indexed by Fin K and Fin N (zero-based). The paper's letter ppp is both the dimension of qqq and the dual variable; in Lean the dimension is ddd and the dual vector is π. The class P\mathcal PP consists of probability measures on Rr\mathbb R^rRr with square-integrable coordinates, mean μ\muμ and uncentred second-moment matrix QQQ, built on the published MomentDRO.Conf.Setting; the paper's densities are replaced by measures. Q(h,x)\mathcal Q(h,x)Q(h,x) is the real supremum over the dual polyhedron. Every printed min/max is a real infimum/supremum of a set of objective values, and the statements assert with IsLUB/IsGLB that these are genuine finite bounds; attainment of the minima is not claimed. YYY is required symmetric throughout. The bordered matrix is the published WorstCaseVaR.KnownMoments.bordered and ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef.

Readings of the source:

  • As printed, Assumption 2 (complete recourse) and Assumption 3 ("for all qqq") contradict each other when r≥1r\ge 1r≥1. The section-wise reading is used: complete recourse together with dual feasibility at the single constant qqq of §3.
  • "Assumption i" in Theorem 3.2 and in its proof is read as Assumption 5.
  • "The strong duality condition" is read as Assumption 4.
  • Assumption 5 is the hypothesis that the list p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ is exactly the set of extreme points of the dual region; "explicitly known" has no further mathematical content.
  • (11) integrates over Rp\mathbb R^pRp where Rr\mathbb R^rRr is meant.

A formalization in which Z^SDP\hat Z_{\rm SDP}Z^SDP​ is defined through Z^D(x)\hat Z_D(x)Z^D​(x), or in which positive semidefiniteness is replaced by a hand-written quadratic condition, would make the goal a restatement of strong duality; (14) is stated as a single program in (x,Y,y,y0)(x,Y,y,y_0)(x,Y,y,y0​) with Matrix.PosSemidef constraints. The hypotheses of the goal are satisfiable (r=1r=1r=1, W=[1,−1]W=[1,-1]W=[1,−1], q=(1,1)q=(1,1)q=(1,1), μ=0\mu=0μ=0, Q=1Q=1Q=1, X={1}X=\{1\}X={1}).

Contributions welcome: the vertex representation of bounded linear programs over pointed polyhedra, and duality for moment problems with first and second moments, are both reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • K. Isii, On sharpness of Tchebycheff-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 14:185–197, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02868641
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001, pp. 135–165. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3403-4_7
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Operations Research 51(4):543–556, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 1: Under a Support Set and a Mean Set, the Bound π¹ Equals the Worst-Case Expected Positive PartResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear decision rules are a standard device for making multistage optimization under uncertainty computationally tractable: a recourse decision is restricted to be an affine function of the uncertain data observed so far. Their weakness is that a recourse variable that must stay nonnegative forces the rule to be very conservative. Goh and Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations (Operations Research, 2010), repair this with deflected linear decision rules, in which the violated part of an affine rule is corrected and paid for. The cost of the correction is the expected positive part EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+) of an affine function of the uncertainty.

The distribution P\mathbb PP is not known. The paper assumes only partial distributional information (a support set, a set containing the mean, a covariance, directional deviations) and bounds the worst case of this expectation over every distribution consistent with that information. Such worst-case bounds go back to Scarf's 1958 mean–variance newsvendor bound and form the core of distributionally robust optimization. This mission formalizes the first bound of §5, which uses support and mean information only.

Setting

Let ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ be a random vector in Rn\mathbb R^{n}Rn (in the paper, the segregated uncertainty vector of dimension n=NEn = N_En=NE​). Two sets describe what is known about it:

  • a support set V⊆Rn\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn with P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1;
  • a mean set V^⊆Rn\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathbb R^nV⊆Rn containing the mean ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). A known mean is the case where V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V is a single point.

The family of distributions consistent with this information is

F1={P:ζ^=EP(ζ~)∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}.\mathbb F_1 = \{\mathbb P : \hat\zeta = \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta) \in \widehat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1\}.F1​={P:ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​)∈V, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.

For data r0∈Rr^0 \in \mathbb Rr0∈R and r∈Rnr \in \mathbb R^nr∈Rn the worst-case value is sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+), with x+=max⁡{x,0}x^+ = \max\{x, 0\}x+=max{x,0}. The paper's candidate for this value is the deterministic quantity of (21),

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s∈RnΦ(s),Φ(s)=sup⁡ζ^∈V^{s′ζ^}+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.\pi^1(r^0, r) = \inf_{s \in \mathbb R^{n}} \Phi(s), \qquad \Phi(s) = \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} \{s'\hat\zeta\} + \sup_{\zeta \in \mathcal V} \max\{r^0 + r'\zeta - s'\zeta,\ -s'\zeta\}.π1(r0,r)=s∈Rninf​Φ(s),Φ(s)=ζ^​∈Vsup​{s′ζ^​}+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ, −s′ζ}.

Both quantities live in the extended reals: following the paper (p. 909), an infeasible maximization has value −∞-\infty−∞ and an infeasible minimization +∞+\infty+∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 909)

For closed convex V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V with V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int} \mathcal V \neq \emptysetV∩intV=∅, and all r0,rr^0, rr0,r,

sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)=π1(r0,r).\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big) = \pi^1(r^0, r).P∈F1​sup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)=π1(r0,r).

Milestones

  1. Upper-bound part of Theorem 1. sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+) \le \pi^1(r^0, r)supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r), for arbitrary sets V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V.
  2. Remark after Theorem 1, first case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≥0r^0 + r'\zeta \ge 0r0+r′ζ≥0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value equals r0+sup⁡ζ^∈V^r′ζ^r^0 + \sup_{\hat\zeta \in \widehat{\mathcal V}} r'\hat\zetar0+supζ^​∈V​r′ζ^​, and Φ(r)=π1(r0,r)\Phi(r) = \pi^1(r^0, r)Φ(r)=π1(r0,r).
  3. Remark after Theorem 1, second case (p. 910). If V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V is nonempty and r0+r′ζ≤0r^0 + r'\zeta \le 0r0+r′ζ≤0 on V\mathcal VV, then the worst-case value is 000, and Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0\Phi(0) = \pi^1(r^0, r) = 0Φ(0)=π1(r0,r)=0.
  4. Tightness part of Theorem 1. Under the goal's hypotheses, π1(r0,r)≤sup⁡P∈F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)\pi^1(r^0, r) \le \sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathbb F_1} \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((r^0 + r'\tilde\zeta)^+)π1(r0,r)≤supP∈F1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+).

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 1 converts an optimization over an infinite-dimensional set of probability measures into a finite-dimensional convex program over the given sets. When V\mathcal VV and V^\widehat{\mathcal V}V are representable by linear and second-order cone constraints, the epigraph of π1\pi^1π1 is a pair of robust constraints over those sets and is again tractable (Remark, p. 910). The bound is tight, so no better bound can be built from support and mean information alone. In the paper, π1\pi^1π1 is one of three building blocks; their infimal convolution (Theorem 4) prices the deflection in the deflected linear decision rules of §6, and the experiments there compare these rules against plain linear decision rules.

Formalizing it. The proof of Theorem 1 is in the paper's online appendix, not in the main text. A search of the Prove2Me library (October 2026) found no formal statement of this or any other mean-and-support bound. A formal proof has to settle the extended-real bookkeeping (empty families, unbounded suprema) and the exact hypotheses under which tightness holds. As printed, the theorem omits a condition: with no constraint qualification it fails when F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is empty, which can happen for disjoint closed convex sets. This mission states the corrected version.

Difficulty

The upper-bound part is weak duality and needs no structure on the sets. The difficulty is tightness. It amounts to a strong-duality statement between the worst case over distributions and the infimum over the multiplier sss, and strong duality for convex problems over unbounded sets needs a constraint qualification. Two obvious approaches fail. The first is to search for a single worst-case distribution: for unbounded V\mathcal VV the supremum over F1\mathbb F_1F1​ is generally not attained, and it may be +∞+\infty+∞. The second is to restrict to compact V\mathcal VV, which excludes the paper's main use, a segregation of an unbounded support such as (−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞)(-\infty, -1] \cup [-1, 1] \cup [1, \infty)(−∞,−1]∪[−1,1]∪[1,∞). Mathlib has separating-hyperplane theorems but no Fenchel duality theorem, so this duality has to be built.

Formalization scope

  • A distribution is a measure PPP on Fin n → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure P, and the random vector is the identity map. Every coordinate is required to be PPP-integrable, so the mean is a genuine expectation; the mean is MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec from the published definition MomentDRO_Conf_Setting.
  • P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta \in \mathcal V) = 1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is the almost-everywhere statement ∀ᵐ ζ ∂P, ζ ∈ V, which needs no measurability of V\mathcal VV.
  • The positive part is max (r0 + r ⬝ᵥ ζ) 0.
  • The worst-case value, both suprema and the infimum in (21) are taken in EReal. An empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞, an empty infimum +∞+\infty+∞, and an unbounded supremum +∞+\infty+∞. The paper's "inf" is ⨅; attainment is claimed only where the Remark claims it, via the objective Φ\PhiΦ (pi1Obj) at s=rs = rs=r and s=0s = 0s=0.
  • The paper's tractable conic representable sets are modelled as closed and convex sets. The goal and its tightness part also assume V^∩int⁡V≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \cap \operatorname{int}\mathcal V \ne \emptysetV∩intV=∅. This condition is not on the page; it is consistent with the paper's full-dimensionality assumptions (pp. 905–906), and it implies F1≠∅\mathbb F_1 \neq \emptysetF1​=∅.
  • The Remark's two cases assume V^⊆V\widehat{\mathcal V} \subseteq \mathcal VV⊆V and V^≠∅\widehat{\mathcal V} \ne \emptysetV=∅. The paper's construction of V,V^\mathcal V, \widehat{\mathcal V}V,V from one set H\mathcal HH (§4.5) gives the inclusion, and without it the first case is false.
  • The segregation map, the matrices FFF, ggg and the set H\mathcal HH of §4 are context only and are not formalized: the theorem is stated for an arbitrary random vector with the listed properties.
  • A real-valued supremum, a family without integrability (for which the mean would be a junk value), or a π1\pi^1π1 defined through the worst case would each trivialize the statement; the definitions avoid all three, and π1\pi^1π1 is defined directly from the sets.

Needed infrastructure: finite mixtures of Dirac masses as members of F1\mathbb F_1F1​, integration of almost-surely bounded functions, separation of convex sets in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and a Fenchel-type duality for a concave function over a closed convex set under an interior-point condition. The duality and the concave-envelope facts are reusable well beyond this mission, including for Theorems 2–4 of the same paper. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on extended-real suprema of integrals, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Goh and M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4, Part 1 of 2):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • H. Scarf, A Min–Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in K. Arrow, ed., Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
  • W. Chen and M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009 (cited by the paper for the infimal convolution of bounds).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (Theorem 31.1, Fenchel duality). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 2 of 9Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me